Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 296

Team Pro Academy

TEAM PRO has launched its Academy to share its expertise and knowledge with customers and partners.
TEAM PRO ACADEMY will present training sessions debating multiple subjects, such as:
- Firestop Systems
- Calculation Design Software
- Rebar Anchor Fixing
- Mechanical Installation System
- Mechanical and Chemical Anchoring
- Basic and Advanced Product Training
- Systems and Solutions for Building in a Seismic Zone

We communicate to our customers basic and detailed knowledge in fixing systems (approvals and
calculation methods), while orientating ourselves to the different target groups and following the daily
progress of our customers.

We offer our seminars at the TEAM PRO ACADEMY in Sin El Fil, Beirut - Lebanon, as well as worldwide.

1
Design Software: PROFIX 1.2

Different problems, one solution: Team Pro Design Software - PROFIX 1.2
Profix 1.2 is the right solution to your needs; a quick, safe, and practical calculation software useful for
technicians to plan the use of different products in different situations:

- Fixing Design subject to different loads.


- Fixing Design of single anchor or group of anchors.

2
Trusted Fixation since 1998

In our field of business, acquiring skills doesn't come by chance. It takes years of learning, thinking, testing,
and innovating, adding to that dedication, patience, and an eye for details.

But time alone is not the decisive factor behind Team Pro's impeccable achievements. That kind of success
is also built on high-quality and value-adding products, which fulfill our valued end users' requirements
every single time.

Team Pro is proud to be one of the leaders in fixing technology, providing you with a wide range of trusted
solutions for any application. Our specialized engineers are here to create a long-term and trustful relationship
with our customers.

3
ABOUT US

TEAM PRO has been delivering construction expertise since 1998 through economically cost-effective
and quality-assured fixing systems, suited for all construction needs. Our group of construction experts
also provides consultants and contractors with the appropriate technical solutions for possible issues
encountered during the execution phase of the project.

Strong in Service
Customers Come First

TEAM PROs Customer Service setup and highly motivated team enable us to provide our customers with
the optimal service.

Our trained and dedicated sales team explores new areas and visits our customers regularly to keep them
up-to-date on our latest innovations. Following our commitment to best-in-line service, our highly experienced
sales team performs live demonstrations and is certainly available for one-on-one assistance, among other
facilities.

Best Technical Assistance

Through our technical department, we communicate to our customers basic and detailed knowledge in
fixing systems (approvals and calculation methods). Our professional engineers support our customers
through technical advice (design and installation) and product recommendation. Moreover, they offer
on-site support for engineers, consultants and craftsmen, and suggest the best solutions in the scope of
fixing technology. Our team of professional engineers also communicates their expertise through tailored
seminars.

4
Quality Commitment

Certified ISO 9001:2008. Team Pros commitment to quality and the improvement of our products and
services allow us to achieve continuous sustainable growth, while incessantly improving services we provide
to our customers. Our goal is to ensure that our quality-certified offering meets our customers' highest
expectations.

Certificates and Approvals

Abiding by international standards is important to us; which is why we never cease to pursue the latest
certificates and approvals for our products, therefore ensuring our compliance with international standard
requirements. We have also obtained regulatory approvals on the national and international levels, in
addition to certificates of analysis, which are issued by independent institutes to confirm our high product
performance.

5
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chemical Anchors Meptek


9 TP E SD
179 TP Pipe Clamps
29 TP VSF
179 TP Standard Pipe Clamps
51 TP EA
182 TP WUS Practica I
62 TP 300 P
183 TP Heavy Duty Pipe Clamps
74 TP Dispensers
TP Stud Bolt 185 TP Sprinkler Clamps
TP Plastic Sleeve
188 TP Clevis Hanger

189 TP U-Strap

190 TP Lined U-Strap Clamp

192 TP U-Bolt
Steel Anchors
194 TP Roller Clamps
77 TP Liebig Anchors
196 TP Riser Clamps
90 TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

100 TP Through Bolt Anchors 198 TP Channels


132 TP Sleeve Anchors
198 TP STC Strut Channels
140 TP Concrete Screw Anchors TP Spring Nut, Channel Nut,
205
and CNT
146 TP Shield Anchors
206 TP Channels with a Foot
153 TP Drop In Anchors
210 TP Channel Accessories
159 TP Steel Frame Anchors
216 TP Fixpoint
161 TP Hollow Wall Anchors Supporting System

216
TP FPC / FPE / FPT
Fixed Point Pipe Clamps
218
TP Adjustable Anchor Bracket /
TP AAB

TP CladDing System 220 TP Expansion Products


168 TP Z-Bracket System
220 TP LFG / TP MSG / TB BH
176 TP L-Bracket System
222 Miscellaneous

222 TP Threaded Rods

223 TP Steel Accessories


(TP W, TP HN, TP HB)

225 TP Beam Clamps

TP Compounded Rubber
227
Support Insulation
TP Cellular Glass
229
and Calcium Insulation
Firestop products CONSUMABLES
234 TP FS-GP 248 TP Nylon Plugs

236 TP FS-IS 258 TP Nylon Frame Anchors

238 TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS 268 TP Foam

240 TP Caulking Guns 272 TP Silicones

241 TP FS Pipe Collar 274 TP Drill Bits

242 TP FS Wrap Strip 293 Cutting and Grinding

243 TP Firestop Mortar


CHEMICAL ANCHORS

8
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Approvals / Certificates:

Product Description

The TP E SD mortar is a 2-component reaction resin mortar based on a pure epoxy and will be delivered
in an exclusive 2-C cartridge system. This high performance product may be used in combination with
a hand-, battery-, or pneumatic tool and a static mixer. It was designed especially for the anchoring of
threaded rods, reinforcing bars or internal threaded rod sleeves into concrete (also porous and light) as
well as solid masonry.

Based on the excellent standing behavior, the usability in combination with a special plastic sleeve in hollow
material is given. The TP E SD mortar product is characterized by a huge range of applications with an
installation on temperature from +5C and a service temperature up to 72C, as well as by high chemical
resistance for applications in extreme ambiences, e.g. in swimming pools (chlorine) or closeness to the sea
(salt). The wide range of certificates, and national and international approvals, allows nearly every application.

9
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Properties and Benefits

European approval acc. to TR 029 in concrete Opt 1+7: ETA-11/0132


US-approval acc. to AC 308 in concrete (ICC-ES): ESR-3245
Certificated for drinking water applications acc. to NSF Standard 61
For heavy anchoring - doweling and post-installed rebar connection
Fire resistance test report: 3122/388/11
Suitable for dynamic loads
Hammer-drilled and diamond-drilled holes possible
Overhead application; water-filled bore holes
Suitable for attachment points close to the edge, since anchoring is free of expansion forces
High chemical resistance
VOC Tests: acc. to Leed, French Dcret n2011-321; Cartridge can be reused up to the end of the shelf
life by replacing the static mixer or resealing cartridge with the sealing cap

Applications
Suitable for facades, roofs, wood constructions, metal constructions, metal profiles, columns, beam,
console, railing, sanitary devices, cable trays, piping, post-installed rebar connection (reconstruction or
reinforcement), etc.

Handling and Storage


Storage:
Store in a cold and dark place, storage temperature: from +5C up to +35C
Shelf Life:
24 months

10
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Applications and Intended Use


Underground:
Cracked concrete, non-cracked concrete, light concrete, porous concrete, solid masonry, natural stone;
hammer-drilled and diamond-drilled holes
Anchor Elements:
Threaded rods (zinc plated or hot dip, stainless steel and high corrosion resistance steel), reinforcing bars,
internal threaded rods, profiled rod, steel section with undercuts (e.g. perforated section)
Temperature Range:
Base material temperature: +5C up to +40C
Cartridge temperature: min. +5C; optimal +20C
Base material temperature after full curing: -40C to +72C
Loading:
Static; quasi-static and seismic loading

Mortar Properties
Properties Test Method Result
UV resistance Pass
Watertightness DIN EN 12390-8 Pass
Temperature stability 72C
Viscosity (A-component) ASTM D 2556 16600 mPas
Viscosity (B-component) ASTM D 2556 16400 mPas
pH-value > 12
Density 1,41 kg / dm
Compressive strength EN 196 Teil1 120 N / mm
Flexural strength EN 196 Teil1 42 N / mm
E modulus EN 196 Teil1 10800 N / mm
Shrinkage < 0,02 %
Hardness shore D 85
Electrical resistance IEC 93 1.2 1012 m
Thermal conductivity IEC 60093 0,47 W/mK

Reactivity
Temperature of base Gelling and working Full curing time in dry Full curing time in wet
material time base material base material
+5C 120 min. 50 h 100 h
+10C 90 min. 30 h 60 h
+20C 30 min. 10 h 20 h
+30C 20 min. 6h 12 h
+40C 12 min. 4h 8h

11
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Usage Instructions - Concrete (for Threaded Rod and rebar)

1- Drill a hole into the base material to the size and embedment depth
required by the selected anchor.

2a- For diamond-drilled holes, rinse until clear water appears. Then, clean
the hole with a mechanical wire brush. After that, repeat the rinsing step
until clear water appears.

2b- Standing water must be removed before cleaning. Starting from the bottom
of the bore hole, blow the hole clean with compressed air or a handpump a
minimum of two times. If the bore hole ground is not reached, an extension
or
shall be used. The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore hole
diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm or deeper than 240 mm,
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.

2c- Check brush diameter acc. to table A and attach the brush to a drilling
machine or a battery screwdriver. Brush the hole with an appropriate sized
wire brush > db, min a minimum of two times. If the bore hole ground is not
reached with the brush, a brush extension shall be used.

2d- Finally, blow the hole clean again with compressed air or a handpump
a minimum of two times. If the bore hole ground is not reached, an
or extension shall be used. The handpump can be used for anchor sizes up
to bore hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm or deeper
than 240 mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.

12
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

3- Attach a supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge and load the


cartridge into the correct dispensing tool. For every working interruption
longer than the recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new static-mixer shall be used.

4- Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, the position of
the embedment depth shall be marked on the anchor rods.

5- Prior to dispensing into the anchor hole, squeeze out separately a


minimum of three full strokes and discard non-uniformly mixed adhesive
components until the mortar shows a consistent red color.

6- Starting from the bottom of the cleaned anchor hole, fill the hole up to
approximately two-thirds with adhesive. Slowly withdraw the static mixing
nozzle as the hole fills to avoid creating air pockets. For embedment depth
larger than 190 mm, an extension nozzle shall be used. For overhead and
horizontal installation in bore holes bigger than 20 mm, a piston plug and
extension nozzle shall be used. Observe the gel / working times given.

7- Push the threaded rod or reinforcing bar into the anchor hole while
turning slightly to ensure positive distribution of the adhesive until the
embedment depth is reached. The anchor should be free of dirt, grease,
oil or other foreign material.

8- Be sure that the anchor is fully seated at the bottom of the hole and that
excess mortar is visible at the top of the hole. If these requirements are not
maintained, the application has to be renewed.

9- Allow the adhesive to cure to the specified time prior to applying any
load or torque. Do not move or load the anchor until it is fully cured.

10- After full curing, the add-on part can be installed with the max. torque
by using a calibrated torque wrench.

13
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Cleaning of the Drill Hole - Concrete

Brush Steel wire, length 80 mm, M6 thread for drilling machine connection

Blower

Piston
Plug

Table A:
Threaded rod Rebar Bore hole - Brush - Min. brush - Piston plug
(mm) (mm) (mm) db (mm) db,min (mm) (Nr.)
M8 10,0 12,0 10,5
M 10 8,0 12,0 14,0 12,5
M 12 10,0 14,0 16,0 14,5
Not necessary
12,0 16,0 18,0 16,5
M 16 14,0 18,0 20,0 18,5
16,0 20,0 22,0 20,5
M 20 20,0 24,0 26,0 24,5 # 24
M 24 28,0 30,0 28,5 # 28
M 27 25,0 32,0 34,0 32,5 # 32
M 30 28,0 35,0 37,0 35,5 # 35
M 33 37,0 39,0 37,5 # 37
32,0 40,0 41,5 40,5 # 38
M 36 42,0 44,0 42,0 # 42
M 39 36,0 46,0 48,0 46,0 # 46
40,0 50,0 52,0 50,0 # 50

14
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Setting Parameter - Concrete

Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
(Threaded rod)
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 113 135 165 188 255 304 342 379 400 436 472
Min. edge distance Cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150 165 180 195
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 226 270 330 375 510 607 683 759 799 872 945
Min. axial distance Smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150 165 180 195
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250 280 320 350 380
Min. part thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm hef + 2do
Anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36 39
Drill diameter do [Nm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35 37 42 46
Installation torque Tinst. [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180 200 350 500 700

Anchor size 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 36 40
(Rebar)
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 97 121 139 170 180 219 274 298 330 372 413
Min. edge distance Cmin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160 180 200
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 194 242 277 339 360 438 548 596 661 744 826
Min. axial distance Smin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160 180 200
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 115 125 170 210 250 280 340 360
Min. part thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm hef + 2do
Anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 36 40
Drill diameter do [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40 46 50

15
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Performance Data - Concrete1)


For threaded rod in hammer-drilled holes

TENSION LOADS - Design method A acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for
tension loading.

Anchor size4) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Steel failure
Characteristic tension resistance, steel, zinc
[kN] 18 29 42 78 122 176 230 280 347 409 488
plated or hot dip, property class 5.8
NRk,s
Characteristic tension resistance, steel, zinc
[kN] 29 46 67 125 196 282 368 449 555 654 781
plated or hot dip, property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,50
Characteristic tension resistance, stainless
NRk,s [kN] 26 41 59 110 172 247 321 393 370 436 521
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,87 2,86

Pull-out and concrete cone failure2)


Characteristic bond resistance in concrete C20/25
uncracked concrete 30 42 62 88 139 190 254 317 365 435 512
24C/40C3)
cracked concrete 15 21 31 41 64 87 117 145 182 218 256
uncracked concrete NRk,p 19 27 37 53 85 119 159 198 232 277 326
43C/60C3) = [kN]
cracked concrete NRk,c 9 13 19 25 37 55 74 92 116 139 163
uncracked concrete 17 24 33 47 75 111 138 172 199 238 279
43C/72C3)
cracked concrete 8 11 17 22 32 48 64 79 100 119 140
Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Mp = Mc 1,8 2,1
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250 280 320 350 380
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 113 135 165 188 255 304 342 379 400 436 472
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2 x Ccr,N
Increasing factors for concrete c
(fck0,11) / 1,42

Splitting failure
Edge distance Ccr,sp [mm] Ccr,N 2 hef (2,5 - h/hef) 2,4 hef
Axial distance Scr,sp [mm] 2 x Ccr,sp
Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Msp 1,8 2,1

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of ETAG Technical Report TR 029.

1) For more details, as well as values in water-filled concrete, see ETA 11 / 0132.
2) Shall be determined acc. to this table or clause 5.2.2.4, EOTA Technical Report TR 029. The smaller value is decisive.
3) Short-term temperature / Long-term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.

16
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Performance Data - Concrete1)


For threaded rod in diamond-drilled holes

TENSION LOADS - Design method A acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for
tension loading.

Anchor size4) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Steel failure
Characteristic tension resistance, steel, zinc
[kN] 18 29 42 78 122 176 230 280 347 409 488
plated or hot dip, property class 5.8
NRk,s
Characteristic tension resistance, steel, zinc
[kN] 29 46 67 125 196 282 368 449 555 654 781
plated or hot dip, property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,50
Characteristic tension resistance, stainless
NRk,s [kN] 26 41 59 110 172 247 321 393 370 436 521
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,87 2,86

Pull-out and concrete cone failure 2)

Characteristic bond resistance in concrete C20/25


22 31 41 63 101 143 291 224 282 336 372
24C/40C3)
NRk,p
uncracked concrete = [kN]
43C/60C3) 14 20 27 38 64 87 117 132 166 198 233
NRk,c
43C/72C 3) 13 17 25 35 53 79 106 119 149 178 210

Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Mp = Mc 1,5 1,8


Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250 280 320 350 380
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 113 135 165 188 255 304 342 379 400 436 472
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2 x Ccr,N
Increasing factors for concrete c
(fck0,11) / 1,42

Splitting failure
Edge distance Ccr,sp [mm] Ccr,N 2 hef (2,5 - h/hef) 2,4 hef
Axial distance Scr,sp [mm] 2 x Ccr,sp
Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Msp 1,8 2,1

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of ETAG Technical Report TR 029.

1) For more details, as well as values in water-filled concrete, see ETA 11 / 0132.
2) Shall be determined acc. to this table or clause 5.2.2.4, EOTA Technical Report TR 029. The smaller value is decisive.
3) Short-term temperature / Long-term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.

17
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Performance Data - Concrete


For threaded rod in hammer- and diamond-drilled holes

SHEAR LOADS - Design method A acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for shear loading.

Anchor size1) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Steel failure without lever arm
Characteristic tension resistance, steel, zinc
VRk,s [kN] 9 15 21 39 61 88 115 140 174 205 244
plated or hot dip, property class 5.8
Characteristic tension resistance, steel, zinc
VRk,s [kN] 15 23 34 63 98 141 184 224 278 327 390
plated or hot dip, property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,25
Characteristic tension resistance, stainless
VRk,s [kN] 13 20 30 55 86 124 115 140 174 205 244
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,56 2,38

Steel failure with lever arm


Characteristic bending moment, steel, zinc
M0Rk,S [Nm] 19 37 65 166 324 560 833 1123 1547 1976 2580
plated or hot dip, property class 5.8
Characteristic bending moment, steel, zinc
M0Rk,S [Nm] 30 60 105 266 519 896 1333 1797 2476 3162 4129
plated or hot dip, property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,25
Characteristic bending moment, stainless
M0Rk,S [Nm] 26 52 92 232 454 784 833 1123 1547 1976 2580
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,56 2,38

Concrete Pry-out failure


Factor k 2,0
Partial safety factor Mcp 1,5

Concrete edge failure


Effective length of anchor in shear loading If [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250 280 320 350 380
Outside diameter of anchor dnom [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35 37 42 46
Partial safety factor Mc 1,5

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of EOTA Technical Report TR 029.

1) Sizes M33 up to M39 are not covered by ETAs.

18
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Performance Data - Concrete1)


For rebar in hammer-drilled holes

TENSION LOADS - Design method A acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for tension loading.

Anchor size5) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 36 40
Steel failure
Characteristic tension resistance, BSt 500 S
NRk,s [kN] 28 43 62 85 111 173 270 339 442 560 691
acc. to DIN 488-2:1986 or E DIN 488-2:20062)
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,40

Pull-out and concrete cone failure3)


Characteristic bond resistance in concrete C20/25
uncracked concrete 28 40 54 66 75 128 181 242 310 423 498
24C/40C4)
cracked concrete 15 21 31 35 41 64 91 121 155 211 249
uncracked concrete NRk,p 17 24 33 40 47 75 115 143 183 250 294
43C/60C4) = [kN]
cracked concrete NRk,c 5) 9 13 19 20 25 37 58 77 99 135 158
uncracked concrete 15 21 31 35 44 69 99 132 169 231 271
43C/72C4)
cracked concrete 8 11 17 18 22 32 49 66 84 115 136
Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Mp = Mc 1,8 2,1
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 115 125 170 210 250 280 340 360
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 109 135 158 184 188 253 303 339 388 436 484
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2 x Ccr,N
Increasing factors for concrete c
(fck0,11) / 1,42

Splitting failure
Edge distance Ccr,sp [mm] Ccr,N 2 hef (2,5 - h/hef) 2,4 hef
Axial distance Scr,sp [mm] 2 x Ccr,sp
Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Msp 1,8 2,1

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of ETAG Technical Report TR 029.

1) For more details, as well as values in water-filled concrete see ETA 11 / 0132.
2) For reinforcing bars that do not comply with DIN 488: the characteristic resistance NRk,s shall be determined acc. to Technical
Report TR 029, equation (5.1).
3) Shall be determined acc. to this table or clause 5.2.2.4, EOTA Technical Report TR 029. The smaller value is decisive.
4) Short-term temperature / Long-term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
5) Sizes 8 and 10 (cracked concrete only), as well as 36 and 40, are not covered by ETAs.

19
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Performance Data - Concrete1)


For rebar in diamond-drilled holes

TENSION LOADS - Design method A acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for tension loading

Anchor size5) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 36 40
Steel failure
Characteristic tension resistance, BSt 500 S
NRk,s [kN] 28 43 62 85 111 173 270 339 442 560 691
acc. to DIN 488-2:1986 or E DIN 488-2:20062)
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,40

Pull-out and concrete cone failure 3)


Characteristic bond resistance in concrete C20/25

24C/40C4) 22 31 41 51 63 101 148 187 239 327 362


NRk,p
43C/60C 4) uncracked concrete = [kN] 14 20 27 33 38 64 91 121 141 192 226
NRk,c
43C/72C4) 13 17 25 28 35 53 82 110 127 173 204

Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Mp = Mc 1,5 1,8


Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 115 125 170 210 250 280 340 360
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 97 121 139 170 180 219 274 298 330 372 413
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2 x Ccr,N
Increasing factors for concrete c
(fck0,11) / 1,42

Splitting failure
Edge distance Ccr,sp [mm] Ccr,N 2 hef (2,5 - h/hef) 2,4 hef
Axial distance Scr,sp [mm] 2 x Ccr,sp
Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Msp 1,8 2,1

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of ETAG Technical Report TR 029.

1) For more details, as well as values in water-filled concrete, see ETA 11 / 0132.
2) For reinforcing bars that do not comply with DIN 488: the characteristic resistance NRk,s shall be determined acc. to Technical
Report TR 029, equation (5.1).
3) Shall be determined acc. to this table or clause 5.2.2.4, EOTA Technical Report TR 029. The smaller value is decisive.
4) Short-term temperature / Long-term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
5) Sizes 8 and 28 up to 40 are not covered by ETAs.

20
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Performance Data - Concrete


For rebar in hammer- and diamond-drilled holes

SHEAR LOADS - Design method A acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for shear loading.

Anchor size3) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 36 40
Steel failure without lever arm
Characteristic tension resistance, BSt 500 S
VRk,s [kN] 14 22 31 42 55 86 135 169 221 280 346
acc. to DIN 488-2:1986 or E DIN 488-2:20061)
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,5

Steel failure with lever arm


Characteristic bending moment, BSt 500 S
M0Rk,s [Nm] 33 65 112 178 265 518 1012 1422 2123 3023 4147
acc. to DIN 488-2:1986 or E DIN 488-2:20062)
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,5

Concrete pry-out failure


Factor k 2,0
Partial safety factor Mcp 1,5

Concrete edge failure


Effective length of anchor in shear loading If [mm] 80 90 110 115 125 170 210 250 280 340 360
Outside diameter of anchor dnom [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40 46 50
Partial safety factor Mc 1,5

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of EOTA Technical Report TR 029.

1) For reinforcing bars that do not comply with DIN 488: the characteristic resistance VRk,s shall be determined acc. to Technical Report
TR 029, equation (5.5).
2) For reinforcing bars that do not comply with DIN 488: the characteristic resistance MORk,s shall be determined acc. to Technical Report
TR 029, equation (5.6b).
3) Sizes 36 and 40 are not covered by ETAs.

21
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Performance Data - Concrete (Seismic C1)


Design under seismic action acc. to TR 045
The decision of the selection of the seismic performance category is in the responsibility of each individual
Member State. Furthermore, the values of ag S assigned to the seismicity levels may be different in
the National Annexes to EN 1998-1:2004 (EC8) compared to the values given in the following table. The
recommended categories C1 and C2 in the table are given in the case that no National requirements are
defined.

Recommended Seismic Performance Categories

Seismicity level a) Importance Class acc. to EN 1998-1:2004, 4.2.5


ag S c)
I II III IV
Very low b) ag S 0,05 g No additional requirement
low b) 0,05 g < ag S 0,1 g C1 C1 d) or C2 e) C2
>low b) ag S > 0,1 g C1 C2

a) The values defining the seismicity levels may be found in the National Annex of EN 1998-1.
b) Definition according to EN 1998-1: 2004, 3.2.1.
c) ag = Design ground acceleration on Type A ground (EN 1998-1: 2004, 3.2.1),
S = Soil factor (see e.g. EN 1998-1: 2004, 3.2.2).
d) C1 attachments of non-structural elements.
e) C2 for connections between structural elements of primary and/or secondary seismic members.

Calculation of Characteristic Seismic Resistance Rk,seis

Tension load: Rk,seis = gap seis N,seis R0k

where R 0k = NRk,s, NRk,p, NRk,c, NRk,sp (from design in cracked concrete)


N,seis = 1,0 for NRk,c, NRk,sp
N,seis = for NRk,s, NRk,p see following Tables
gap = see following Tables
seis = see following Tables

Shear load: Rk,seis = gap seis V,seis R0k

where R0k = VRk,s, VRk,c, VRk,cp (from design in cracked concrete)


V,seis = 1,0 for VRk,c, VRk,cp
V,seis = for VRk,s see following Tables
gap = see following Tables
seis = see following Tables

22
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Performance Data - Concrete (Seismic C1)


Reduction factors N,seis, V,seis, gap and seis

Anchor size threaded rod1) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Tension load

Steel failure (NRk,s) N,seis [-] 1,0

Combined pull-out and concrete failure


N,seis [-] 0,68 0,69
(NRk,p)

Shear load
Steel failure without lever arm (VRk,s) V,seis [-] 0,70

Anchor size rebar1) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 36 40


Tension load

Steel failure (NRk,s) N,seis [-] 1,0

Combined pull-out and concrete failure


N,seis [-] 0,68 0,69
(NRk,p)

Shear load
Steel failure without lever arm (VRk,s) V,seis [-] 0,70

Loading Failure modes gap seis - Single fastener seis - Fastener group
Steel failure 1,0 1,0 1,0

Pull-out failure 1,0 1,0 0,85

Tension Combined pull-out and concrete failure 1,0 1,0 0,85

Concrete cone failure 1,0 0,85 0,75

Splitting failure 1,0 1,0 0,85

Steel failure without lever arm 0,5 1) 1,0 0,85

Steel failure with lever arm NPD 2)


NPD 2)
NPD 2)
Shear
Concrete edge failure 0,5 1) 1,0 0,85

Concrete pry-out failure 0,5 1) 0,85 0,75

1) The limitation for size of the clearance hole is given in TR 029 Table 4.1,
gap = 1,0 in case of no clearance between fastener and fixture.
2) No Performance Determined

23
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Recommended Loads - Concrete


For threaded rod in hammer-drilled holes

The recommended loads are only valid for single anchor for a roughly design, if the following conditions are
valid:
c c cr,N s s cr,N h 2 x hef

If the conditions are not fulfilled, the loads must be calculated acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029.
The safety factors are already included in the recommended loads.

Anchor size (steel quality) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
uncracked 8,6 13,8 20,0 28,0 38,1 52,3 67,9 80,5 98,3 113 127
NRec,stat
concrete
24C/40C [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 6,0 8,4 12,3 16,2 21,8 29,6 39,7 49,4 62,1 74,1 87,1
Recommended tension load

concrete
NRec,seis 4,1 5,7 8,4 11,0 14,8 20,4 27,4 34,1 42,8 51,1 60,1
uncracked 7,6 10,7 14,8 21,2 29,1 40,4 54,1 67,3 79,0 94,2 111
NRec,stat
concrete
43C/60C [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 3,6 5,0 7,4 10,0 12,7 18,8 25,2 31,4 39,5 47,1 55,4
concrete
NRec,seis 2,4 3,4 5,0 6,8 8,6 13,0 17,4 21,7 27,3 32,5 38,2
uncracked NRec,stat 6,8 9,5 13,2 18,7 25,4 37,7 46,9 58,3 67,7 80,8 95,0
concrete
43C/72C [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 3,2 4,5 6,6 8,7 10,9 16,2 21,6 26,9 33,9 40,4 47,5
concrete
NRec,seis 2,2 3,1 4,5 5,9 7,4 11,1 14,9 18,6 23,4 27,9 32,8
Recommended uncracked 5,1 8,6 12,0 22,3 34,9 50,3 65,7 80,0 88,6 102 117
VRec,stat
shear load concrete
without lever [kN]
arm2) cracked VRec,stat 4,8 7,1 9,6 13,7 19,2 24,2 29,1 34,6 40,6 47,0 53,8
concrete
VRec,seis 1,8 3,0 4,2 6,9 9,6 12,1 14,5 17,3 20,3 23,5 26,9
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250 280 320 350 380
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 113 135 165 188 255 304 342 379 400 436 472
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2xccr,N

1) Sizes M8 and M10 (cracked concrete only), as well as M33 up to M39 are not covered by ETAs.
2) Shear load with lever arm acc. to TR 029.
3) NRec,stat , VRec,stat = Recommended Load under static and quasi-static action
4) NRec,seis , VRec,seis = Recommended Load under seismic action

24
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Recommended Loads - Concrete


For threaded rod in diamond-drilled holes
The recommended loads are only valid for single anchor for a roughly design, if the following conditions are
valid:
c c cr,N s s cr,N h 2 x hef

If the conditions are not fulfilled, the loads must be calculated acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029.
The safety factors are already included in the recommended loads.

Anchor size (Steel quality 5.8)1) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
uncracked NRec 8,6 13,8 16,5 24,9 40,3 56,5 75,7 89,0 111,9 131 148
24C/40C [kN]
Recommended

concrete
tension load

uncracked NRec 6,7 9,4 10,7 15,0 25,4 34,6 46,3 52,4 65,8 78,5 92,4
43C/60C [kN]
concrete
uncracked NRec 6,2 8,1 9,9 13,7 21,2 31,4 42,1 47,1 59,2 70,7 83,1
43C/72C [kN]
concrete

Recommended uncracked VRec


shear load concrete
without lever [kN] 5,1 8,6 12,0 22,3 34,4 45,1 55,4 63,7 75,3 87,0 95,7
arm2)

Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250 280 320 350 380
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 97 121 139 185 225 263 296 319 351 383 403
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2xccr,N

1) Sizes M8 and M27 up to M39 are not covered by ETAs.


2) Shear load with lever arm acc. to TR 029.

25
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Recommended Loads - Concrete


For rebar in hammer-drilled holes
The recommended loads are only valid for single anchor for a roughly design, if the following conditions are
valid:
c c cr,N s s cr,N h 2 x hef

If the conditions are not fulfilled, the loads must be calculated acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029.
The safety factors are already included in the recommended loads.

Anchor size (BSt 500)1) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 36 40


uncracked NRec,stat3) 11,2 15,7 21,4 24,7 28,0 38,1 52,3 67,9 80,5 108 117
concrete
24C/40C [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 6,0 8,4 12,3 14,0 13,9 21,8 30,9 41,1 52,7 71,9 83,6
Recommended tension load

concrete
NRec,seis4) 4,1 5,7 8,4 9,6 9,4 15,0 21,3 28,4 36,3 49,6 58,4
uncracked NRec,stat 6,8 9,5 13,2 16,1 18,7 25,4 39,3 48,6 62,2 85,0 100
concrete
43C/60C [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 3,6 5,0 7,4 8,0 8,5 12,7 19,6 26,2 33,5 45,8 53,9
concrete
NRec,seis 2,4 3,4 5,0 5,5 5,8 8,8 13,5 18,1 23,1 31,6 37,2
uncracked NRec,stat 6,0 8,4 12,3 14,0 17,5 23,6 33,7 44,9 57,4 78,5 92,3
concrete
43C/72C [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 3,2 4,5 6,6 7,0 7,5 10,9 16,8 22,4 28,7 39,2 46,2
concrete
NRec,seis 2,2 3,1 4,5 4,8 5,1 7,5 11,6 15,5 19,8 27,1 31,9
Recommended uncracked VRec,stat3) 6,7 10,5 14,8 20,0 26,2 41,0 56,6 67,0 84,0 102 120
shear load concrete
without lever [kN]
arm2) cracked VRec,stat 4,8 7,1 9,4 11,6 13,7 19,1 25,7 30,5 38,3 46,6 55,2
concrete
VRec,seis4) 2,3 3,5 4,7 5,8 6,9 9,5 12,8 15,3 19,2 23,3 27,6
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 115 125 170 210 250 280 340 360
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 109 135 158 173 188 253 303 339 388 436 484
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2xccr,N

1) Sizes 8 and 10 (cracked concrete only), as well as 36 and 40 are not covered by ETAs.
2) Shear load with lever arm acc. to TR 029.
3) NRec,stat , VRec,stat = Recommended Load under static and quasi-static action
4) NRec,seis , VRec,seis = Recommended Load under seismic action

26
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Recommended Loads - Concrete


For rebar in diamond-drilled holes
The recommended loads are only valid for single anchor for a roughly design, if the following conditions are
valid:
c c cr,N s s cr,N h 2 x hef

If the conditions are not fulfilled, the loads must be calculated acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029.
The safety factors are already included in the recommended loads.

Anchor size (BSt 500)1) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 36 40


uncracked NRec 11,2 15,7 21,4 24,7 28,0 38,1 52,3 67,9 80,5 108 117
24C/40C [kN]
Recommended

concrete
tension load

uncracked NRec 6,8 9,5 13,2 16,1 18,7 25,4 39,3 48,6 62,2 85,0 100
43C/60C [kN]
concrete
uncracked NRec 6,0 8,4 12,3 14 17,5 23,6 33,7 44,9 57,4 78,5 92,3
43C/72C [kN]
concrete

Recommended
shear load uncracked
without lever VRec [kN] 6,7 10,5 14,8 20,0 26,2 41,0 60,1 68,0 85 102 116
concrete
arm

Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 115 125 170 210 250 280 340 360
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 97 121 139 162 185 225 274 298 341 383 413
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2xccr,N

1) Sizes 8 and 28 up to 40 are not covered by ETAs.


2) Shear load with lever arm acc. to TR 029.

Fire Resistance

Fire resistance time in combination with threaded rods (M8 to M30) made of zinc plated steel, property class
5.8 or higher as well as stainless steel A4-70.

Fire resistance time in minutes


Anchor size 30 max F [kN] 60 max F [kN] 90 max F [kN] 120 max F [kN]
M8 0,90 0,50 0,30 0,20
M10 3,20 1,80 1,10 0,75
M12 4,20 2,30 1,40 0,90
M16 8,25 5,30 3,80 3,00
M20 17,25 10,20 6,70 5,00
M24 24,85 14,75 9,70 7,20
M30 39,50 23,40 15,40 11,35
The special details acc. to the Test Report 3122/388/11/must be observed.

27
TP E SD Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Pure Epoxy

Chemical Resistance

Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with
adhesive during a spill).

28
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Approvals / Certificates:

Product Description

The TP VSF mortar is a 2-component reaction resin mortar based on a vinylester resin styrene-free and
will be delivered in a 2-c cartridge (ST - Standard cartridge; PM - Pre-Mix cartridge; SF - Foil Tube
cartridge) system. This high performance product may be used in combination with a hand-, battery-
or pneumatic tool and a static mixer. It was designed especially for the anchoring of threaded rods,
reinforcing bars or internal threaded rod sleeves into concrete (also porous and light) as well as masonry.
Based on the excellent standing behavior, the usability in combination with a special plastic sleeve in
hollow material is given. The TP VSF mortar product is characterized by a huge range of applications
with an installation temperature from -10C and an application temperature up to 120C, as well as by
high chemical resistance for applications in extreme ambiences, e.g. in swimming pools (chlorine) or in
closeness to the sea (salt). The wide range of certificates, as well as national and international approvals,
allows nearly every application.
Properties and Benefits
National approval in masonry Z-21.3-1756
European approval acc. to TR 029 in concrete Opt 1: ETA-10/0354
European approval acc. to TR 023 (rebar): ETA-10/0355
Certificated for drinking water applications acc. to NSF Standard 61
For heavy anchoring - doweling and post-installed rebar connection
Fire resistance test report: 3132/191/10
Overhead application; water-filled bore holes
Suitable for attachment points with small-edge and axial distances due to an anchoring free of expansion forces
High chemical resistance
Low odour
High bending and pressure strength
Cartridge can be reused up to the end of the shelf life by replacing the static mixer or resealing cartridge
with the sealing cap

Applications
Suitable for the fixation of facades, roofs, wood constructions, metal constructions; metal profiles,
columns, beams, consoles, railings, sanitary devices, cable trays, piping, post-installed rebar connection
(reconstruction or reinforcement), etc.

Handling and Storage


Storage:
Store in a cold and dark place - storage temperature: from +5C up to +25 C
Shelf life:
18 months for cartridges (ST+PM), 9 months for foil tubes (SF)

29
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Applications and Intended Use


Underground:
Cracked and non-cracked concrete, light concrete, porous concrete, solid masonry, hollow brick, natural
stone (Attention: natural stone, can discolour; shall be checked in advance); hammer-drilled holes (hollow
material shall be drilled without hammer-drilled mode)
Anchor elements:
Threaded rods (zinc plated or hot dip, stainless steel and high corrosion resistance steel), reinforcing bars,
internal threaded rods, profiled rod, steel section with undercuts (e.g. perforated section)
Temperature range:
Installation temperature: -10C up to +40C
Cartridge temperature: min. +5C; optimal +20C
Base material temperature after full curing: -40C to +120C

Mortar properties

Properties Test Method Result


UV resistance Pass
Watertightness DIN EN 12390-8 0 mm
Temperature stability 120C
pH-value > 12
Density 1,77 kg / dm3
Compressive strength EN 196 Teil1 100 N / mm2
Flexural strength EN 196 Teil1 15 N / mm2
E modulus EN 196 Teil1 14000 N / mm2
Shrinkage < 0,3 %
Hardness Shore D 90
Electrical resistance IEC 93 3,6 10 m
Thermal conductivity IEC 60093 0,65 W / mK

Reactivity
Temperature of base Gelling and working Full curing time in dry Full curing time in wet
material time base material base material
-10 C1) 90 min. 1440 min. 2880 min.
-5 C 90 min. 840 min. 1680 min.
0 C 45 min. 420 min. 840 min.
+5 C 25 min. 120 min. 240 min.
+10 C 15 min. 80 min. 160 min.
+20 C 6 min. 45 min. 90 min.
+30 C 4 min. 25 min. 50 min.
+35 C 2 min. 20 min. 40 min.
1) For installations in base material temperature between -10C and -5C, the cartridge temperature must be conditioned between
+15C and +25C.

30
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Usage Instructions Concrete

1- Drill with hammer drill mode a hole into the base material to the size and
embedment depth required by the selected anchor.

2a- Standing water must be removed before cleaning. Starting from the bottom or
back of the bore hole, blow the hole clean with compressed air or a handpump a
minimum of four times. If the bore hole ground is not reached, an extension shall
be used. The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore hole diameter
or
20mm. For bore holes larger than 20mm or deeper than 240mm, compressed air
(min. 6 bar) must be used.

2b- Check brush diameter and attach the brush to a drilling machine or a battery
screwdriver. Brush the hole with an appropriate sized wire brush of four times. If the
bore hole ground is not reached with the brush, a brush extension shall be used.

2c- Finally, blow the hole clean again with compressed air or a handpump a minimum
of four times. If the bore hole ground is not reached, an extension shall be used. The
handpump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore hole diameter 20mm. For bore
or
holes larger than 20mm or deeper than 240mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must
be used.

3- Attach a supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge and load the cartridge
into the correct dispensing tool. After every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges, a new static-mixer shall
be used.

4- Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, the position of the
embedment depth shall be marked on the anchor rods.

31
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

5- Prior to dispensing into the anchor hole, squeeze out separately a


minimum of three full strokes and discard non-uniformly mixed adhesive
components until the mortar shows a consistent grey or red color.

6- Starting from the bottom of the cleaned anchor hole fill the hole up to
approximately two-thirds with adhesive. Slowly withdraw the static-mixing
nozzle as the hole fills, to avoid creating air pockets. For embedment depth
larger than 190 mm, an extension nozzle shall be used. For overhead and
horizontal installation in bore holes bigger than 20 mm, a piston plug and
extension nozzle shall be used. Observe the gel / working times given.

7- Push the threaded rod or reinforcing bar into the anchor hole while
turning slightly, to ensure positive distribution of the adhesive, until the
embedment depth is reached. The anchor should be free of dirt, grease,
oil, or other foreign material.

8- Be sure that the anchor is fully seated at the bottom of the hole and that
excess mortar is visible at the top of the hole. If these requirements are not
maintained, the application has to be renewed.

9- Allow the adhesive to cure to the specified time prior to applying any
load or torque. Do not move or load the anchor until it is fully cured.

10- After full curing, the add-on part can be installed with the max. torque
by using a calibrated torque wrench.

32
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Cleaning of the Drill Hole - Concrete

Brush Steel wire, length 80mm, M6 thread for drilling machine connection

Blower

Piston
Plug

Threaded rod Rebar Bore hole - Brush - Min. brush - Piston plug
(mm) (mm) (mm) db (mm) db,min (mm) (Nr.)
M8 10,0 12,0 10,5
M 10 8,0 12,0 14,0 12,5
M 12 10,0 14,0 16,0 14,5
Not necessary
12,0 16,0 18,0 16,5
M 16 14,0 18,0 20,0 18,5
16,0 20,0 22,0 20,5
M 20 20,0 24,0 26,0 24,5 # 24
M 24 28,0 30,0 28,5 # 28
M 27 25,0 32,0 34,0 32,5 # 32
M 30 28,0 35,0 37,0 35,5 # 35
32,0 40,0 41,5 40,5 # 38

33
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Setting Parameter - Concrete

Anchor size (Threaded rod) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 92 126 152 188 253 291 312 329
Min. edge distance 5,0 x d Cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 184 252 304 376 506 582 624 658
Min. axial distance 5,0 x d Smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250 270
Min. part thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm hef + 2do

Anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30


Drill diameter do [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35
Installation torque Tinst. [Nm] 10 20 40 60 120 150 200 250

Anchor size (Rebar) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32


Edge distance Ccr1N [mm] 92 126 152 173 188 253 303 323 341
Min. edge distance 5,0 x d Cmin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160
Axial distance Scr1N [mm] 184 252 304 346 376 506 606 646 682
Min. axial distance 5,0 x d Smin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 115 125 170 210 250 270
Min. part thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm hef + 2do

Anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32


Drill diameter do [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40

34
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Performance Data - Concrete (Threaded Rod)1)

TENSION LOADS - Design method acc. to Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for tension loading

Anchor size (Threaded rod) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
Steel failure
Characteristic tension resistance, steel, zinc
NRk,s [kN] 15 23 34 63 98 141 184 224
plated or hot dip, property class 4.6
Partial safety factor Ms,N 2,0
Characteristic tension resistance, steel, zinc
NRk,s [kN] 18 29 42 78 122 176 230 280
plated or hot dip, property class 5.8
Characteristic tension resistance, steel, zinc
NRk,s [kN] 29 46 67 125 196 282 368 449
plated or hot dip, property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,50
Characteristic tension resistance, stainless
NRk,s [kN] 26 41 59 110 171 247 230 281
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,87 2,86

Pull-out and concrete cone failure 2)


Characteristic bond resistance in concrete
C20/25
uncracked concrete 20,1 33,9 49,7 75,4 128 174 212 229
40C/24C3)
cracked concrete 9,0 15,6 22,8 34,6 58,7 87,1 138 165
uncracked concrete NRk,p 15,1 25,4 37,3 56,5 96,1 135 159 165
80C/50C3) = [kN]
cracked concrete NRk,c 6,0 11,3 16,6 25,1 42,7 63,3 95,4 115
uncracked concrete 11,1 18,4 27,0 40,8 69,4 103 117 127
3)
120C/72C
cracked concrete 5,0 8,5 12,4 18,8 32,0 47,5 74,2 89,1
Partial safety factor Mp = Mc 1,5 1,8
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250 270
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 92 126 152 188 253 291 312 329
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2 x Ccr,N
Increasing factors for concrete c
(fck0,11) / 1,42

Splitting failure
Edge distance Ccr,sp [mm] Ccr,N 2 hef (2,5 - h/hef) 2,4 hef
Axial distance Scr,sp [mm] 2 x Ccr,sp
Partial safety factor Msp 1,5 1,8

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of Technical Report TR 029.

1) For more details, as well as values in water-filled concrete, see ETA 10 / 0354.
2) Shall be determined acc. to this table or to TR 029. The smaller value is decisive.
3) Short-term temperature / Long-term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.

35
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Performance Data - Concrete (Threaded Rod)1)

SHEAR LOADS - Design method acc. to Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for shear loading

Anchor size (Threaded rod) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
Steel failure without lever arm
Characteristic shear resistance, steel, zinc
VRk,s [kN] 7 12 17 31 49 71 92 112
plated or hot dip, property class 4.6
Partial safety factor Ms,v 1,67
Characteristic shear resistance, steel, zinc
VRk,s [kN] 9 15 21 39 61 88 115 140
plated or hot dip, property class 5.8
Characteristic shear resistance, steel, zinc
VRk,s [kN] 15 23 34 63 98 141 184 224
plated or hot dip, property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,v 1,25
Characteristic shear resistance, stainless
VRk,s [kN] 13 20 30 55 86 124 115 140
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,56 2,38

Steel failure with lever arm


Characteristic bending moment, steel, zinc
M0Rk,s [kN] 15 30 52 133 260 449 666 900
plated or hot dip, property class 4.6
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,67
Characteristic bending moment, steel, zinc
M 0
[Nm] 19 37 65 166 324 560 833 1123
plated or hot dip, property class 5.8 Rk,s

Characteristic bending moment, steel, zinc


M0Rk,s [kN] 30 60 105 266 519 896 1333 1797
plated or hot dip, property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,25
Characteristic bending moment, stainless
M0Rk,s [kN] 26 52 92 232 454 784 832 1125
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,56 2,38

Concrete pry-out failure


Factor k in equation (5.7) of TR 029 2,0
Partial safety factor Msp 1) 1,5

Concrete edge failure


Partial safety factor Msp 1,5

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of TR 029.

1) For more details, as well as values in water-filled concrete see ETA 10 / 0354.

36
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Performance Data - Concrete (Rebar)1)

TENSION LOADS - Design method acc. to Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for tension loading

Anchor size (Rebar) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32


Steel failure
Characteristic tension resistance, BSt 500 S
NRk,s [kN] 28 43 62 85 111 173 270 339 442
acc. to DIN 488-2:1986 or E DIN 488-2:20062)
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,87 2,86

Pull-out and concrete cone failure 3)


Characteristic bond resistance in concrete C20/25
uncracked concrete 20,1 33,9 49,8 60,7 75,4 128 181 220 231
40C/24C3)
cracked concrete 9,0 15,6 22,8 27,8 34,6 58,7 90,7 143 176
uncracked concrete NRk,p 15,1 25,4 37,3 45,5 56,5 96,1 132 154 163
80C/50C3) = [kN]
cracked concrete NRk,c 6,0 11,3 16,6 20,2 25,1 42,7 66,0 99,0 122
uncracked concrete 11,1 18,4 27,0 32,9 40,8 69,4 99,0 110 122
3)
120C/72C
cracked concrete 5,0 8,5 12,4 15,2 18,8 32,0 49,5 77,0 95,0
Partial safety factor Mp = Mc 1,5 1,8
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 115 125 170 210 250 270
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 92 126 152 173 188 253 303 323 341
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2 x Ccr,N
Increasing factors for concrete c
(fck0,11) / 1,42

Splitting failure
Edge distance Ccr,sp [mm] Ccr,N 2 hef (2,5 - h/hef) 2,4 hef
Axial distance Scr,sp [mm] 2 x Ccr,sp
Partial safety factor Msp 1,5 1,8

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of TR 029.

1) For more details, as well as values in water-filled concrete, see ETA 10 / 0354.
2) For reinforcing bars that do not comply with DIN 488: The characteristic resistance NRk,s shall be determined acc. to TR 029,
equation (5.1).
3) Shall be determined acc. to this table or to TR 029. The smaller value is decisive.
4) Short-term temperature/ Long-term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.

37
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Performance Data - Concrete (Rebar)1)

SHEAR LOADS - Design method acc. to Technical Report TR 029, characteristic values for shear loading

Anchor size (Rebar) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32


Steel failure without lever arm
Characteristic shear
resistance, BSt 500 S acc. VRk,s [kN] 14 22 31 42 55 86 135 169 221
to DIN 488-2:1986 or E DIN
488-2:2006 2)
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,5
Steel failure with lever arm
Characteristic bending
moment, BSt 500 S M0Rk,s [kN] 33 65 112 178 265 518 1012 1422 2123
acc. to DIN 488-2:1986 or E
DIN 488-2:20063)
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,5
Concrete pry-out failure
Factor k in equation (5.7) of TR 029 2,0
Partial safety factor Mcp 1,5
Concrete edge failure
Partial safety factor Mc 1,5

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of TR 029.

1) For more details, as well as values in water-filled concrete, see ETA 10/0354.
2) For reinforcing bars that do not comply with DIN 488: The characteristic resistance VRk,s shall be determined
acc. to Technical Report TR 029, equation (5.5).
3) For reinforcing bars that do not comply with DIN 488: The characteristic resistance MoRk,s shall be determined
acc. to Technical Report TR 029, equation (5.5b).

38
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Performance Data - Concrete (Seismic C1)


Design under seismic action acc. to TR 045

The decision of the selection of the seismic performance category is in the responsibility of each individual
Member State. Furthermore, the values of ag S assigned to the seismicity levels may be different in
the National Annexes to EN 1998-1:2004 (EC8) compared to the values given in the following table. The
recommended categories C1 and C2 given in the following table are given in the case that no National
requirements are defined.

Recommended Seismic Performance Categories

Seismicity level a) Importance Class acc. to EN 1998-1:2004, 4.2.5


ag S c)
I II III IV
Very low b) ag S 0,05 g No additional requirement
Low b) 0,05 g < ag S 0,1 g C1 C1 d) or C2 e) C2
> Low b) ag S > 0,1 g C1 C2

a) The values defining the seismicity levels may be found in the National Annex of EN 1998-1.
b) Definition according to EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.1.
c) ag = Design ground acceleration on Type A ground (EN 1998-1: 2004, 3.2.1),
S = Soil factor (see e.g. EN 1998-1: 2004, 3.2.2).
d) C1 attachments of non-structural elements
e) C2 for connections between structural elements of primary and/or secondary seismic members

Calculation of Characteristic Seismic Resistance Rk,seis

Tension load: Rk,seis = gap seis N,seis R0k

Where: R 0k = NRk,s, NRk,p, NRk,c, NRk,sp (from design in cracked concrete)


N,seis = 1,0 for NRk,c, NRk,sp
N,seis = for NRk,s, NRk,p see following Tables
gap = see following Tables
seis = see following Tables

Shear load: Rk,seis = gap seis V,seis R0k

Where: R0k = VRk,s, VRk,c, VRk,cp (from design in cracked concrete)


V,seis = 1,0 for VRk,c, VRk,cp
V,seis = for VRk,s see following Tables
gap = see following Tables
seis = see following Tables

39
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Performance Data - Concrete (Seismic C1)


Reduction factors N,seis, V,seis, gap and seis

Anchor size threaded rod1) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Tension load

Steel failure (NRk,s) N,seis [-] 1,0

Combined pull-out and concrete failure


(NRk,p) N,seis [-] 0,68 0,69

Shear load
Steel failure without lever arm (VRk,s) V,seis [-] 0,70

Anchor size threaded rod1) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 36 40


Tension load

Steel failure (NRk,s) N,seis [-] 1,0

Combined pull-out and concrete failure


(NRk,p) N,seis [-] 0,68 0,69

Shear load
Steel failure without lever arm (VRk,s) V,seis [-] 0,70

Loading Failure modes gap seis - Single fastener seis - Fastener group
Steel failure 1,0 1,0 1,0

Pull-out failure 1,0 1,0 0,85

Tension Combined pull-out and concrete failure 1,0 1,0 0,85

Concrete cone failure 1,0 0,85 0,75

Splitting failure 1,0 1,0 0,85

Steel failure without lever arm 0,5 1)


1,0 0,85

Steel failure with lever arm NPD 2) NPD 2) NPD 2)


Shear
Concrete edge failure 0,5 1) 1,0 0,85

Concrete pry-out failure 0,5 1)


0,85 0,75

1) The limitation for size of the clearance hole is given in TR 029 Table 4.1,
gap = 1,0 in case of no clearance between fastener and fixture.
2) No Performance Determined

40
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Recommended Loads - Concrete

The recommended loads are only valid for single anchor for a roughly design, if the following conditions are
valid:
c c cr,N s s cr,N h 2 x hef

If the conditions are not fulfilled, the loads must be calculated acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029.
The safety factors are already included in the recommended loads.

Anchor size (Steel quality 5.8)1) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
uncracked NRec,stat4) 8,6 13,5 19,7 28,0 44,4 61,0 79,2 88,9
concrete
40C/24C3) [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 4,3 6,2 9,1 13,7 23,3 34,6 54,7 63,4
Recommended tension load

concrete
NRec,seis5) 2,9 4,2 6,2 9,3 15,9 23,8 37,7 45,3
uncracked NRec,stat
7,2 10,1 14,8 22,4 38,1 53,4 63,1 65,6
concrete
80C/50C3) [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 2,9 4,5 6,6 10,0 17,0 25,1 37,9 45,4
concrete
NRec,seis 2,0 3,1 4,5 6,8 11,5 17,3 26,1 31,4
uncracked NRec,stat
5,3 7,3 10,7 16,2 27,6 40,8 46,3 50,5
concrete
120C/72C3) [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 2,4 3,4 4,9 7,5 12,7 18,8 29,5 35,3
concrete
NRec,seis 1,6 2,3 3,4 5,1 8,6 13,0 20,3 24,4
Recommended uncracked VRec,stat4)
5,1 8,6 12,0 22,3 34,9 50,3 59,3 65,5
shear load concrete
without lever [kN]
arm2) cracked VRec,stat 3,3 5,6 7,5 12,3 18,0 23,7 31,9 37,8
concrete
VRec,seis5) 1,7 2,8 3,8 6,1 9,0 11,9 16,0 18,9
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250 270
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 92 126 152 188 253 291 312 329
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2xccr,N

1) Sizes M8 and M10 (cracked concrete only) are not covered by ETAs.
2) Shear load with lever arm acc. to TR 029.
3) Short-term temperature / Long-term temperature
4) NRec,stat , VRec,stat = Recommended Load under static and quasi-static action
5) NRec,seis , VRec,seis = Recommended Load under seismic action

41
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Recommended Loads - Concrete


The recommended loads are only valid for single anchor for a roughly design, if the following conditions are
valid:
c c cr,N s s cr,N h 2 x hef

If the conditions are not fulfilled, the loads must be calculated acc. to EOTA Technical Report TR 029.
The safety factors are already included in the recommended loads.

Anchor size (BSt 500)1) 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32


uncracked NRec,stat
9,6 13,5 19,7 24,1 28,0 44,4 61,0 79,2 88,9
concrete
40C/24C3) [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 4,3 6,2 9,1 11,0 13,7 23,3 36,0 56,5 63,4
Recommended tension load

concrete
NRec,seis 2,9 4,2 6,2 7,5 9,3 16,1 24,8 39,1 48,3
uncracked NRec,stat
7,2 10,1 14,8 18,1 22,4 38,1 52,4 61,1 64,6
concrete
80C/50C3) [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 2,9 4,5 6,6 8,0 10,0 17,0 26,2 39,3 48,5
concrete
NRec,seis 2,0 3,1 4,5 5,5 6,8 11,7 18,1 27,1 33,4
uncracked NRec,stat
5,3 7,3 10,7 13,0 16,2 27,6 39,3 43,6 48,5
concrete
120C/72C 3) [kN]
cracked NRec,stat 2,4 3,4 4,9 6,0 7,5 12,7 19,6 30,5 37,7
concrete
NRec,seis 1,6 2,3 3,4 4,1 5,1 8,8 13,5 21,1 26,0
Recommended uncracked VRec,stat
6,7 10,5 14,8 20,0 26,2 41,0 56,6 62,5 69,3
shear load concrete
without lever [kN]
arm2) cracked VRec,stat 3,3 5,6 7,5 9,9 12,3 18,0 25,7 33,6 41,4
concrete
VRec,seis 1,7 2,8 3,8 5,0 6,1 9,0 12,8 16,8 20,7
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 115 125 170 210 250 270
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 92 126 152 173 188 253 303 323 341
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 2xccr,N

1) Sizes 8 and 10 (cracked concrete only) are not covered by ETAs.


2) Shear load with lever arm acc. to TR 029.
3) Short-term temperature / Long-term temperature
4) NRec,stat , VRec,stat = Recommended Load under static and quasi-static action
5) NRec,seis , VRec,seis = Recommended Load under seismic action

42
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Fire Resistance

Fire resistance times in combination with threaded rods (M8 to M30) made of zinc plated steel, property
class 5.8 or higher, as well as stainless steel A4-70.

Fire resistance time in minutes


Anchor size 30 max F 60 max F 90 max F 120 max F
[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
M8 1,65 1,12 0,59 0,33
M10 2,60 1,77 0,94 0,52
M12 3,35 2,59 1,82 1,44
M16 6,25 4,82 3,40 2,69
M20 9,75 7,52 5,30 4,19
M24 14,04 10,84 7,64 6,04
M30 18,26 14,10 9,940 7,86
The special details acc. to Test Report 3132/191/10 must be observed.

43
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Usage Instructions - Hollow bricks

1- Drill without hammer drill mode a hole into the base material to the size and embedment
depth required by the selected anchor.

2- In case of a water-filled bore hole, the water has to be removed from the hole (e.g. by
compressed air vacuum cleaner). Starting from the bottom or back of the hole, blow the
hole clean with a handpump a minimum of two times. Then, brush the hole with a nylon
brush a minimum of two times. Finally, clean the hole again with a handpump a minimum
of two times.

3- Attach a supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge and load the cartridge into the
correct dispensing tool. After every working interruption longer than the recommended
working time, as well as for new cartridges, a new static-mixer shall be used.

4- Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, the position of the embedment
depth shall be marked on the anchor rods.

5- Prior to dispensing the mortar into the bore hole, squeeze out separately a minimum of
three full strokes and discard non-uniformly mixed adhesive components until the mortar
shows a consistent grey colour.

6- Insert the perforated sleeve into the bore hole. Make sure that the sleeve fits well into the
hole. Never cut the sleeve! Only use sleeves that have the right length.

7- Starting from the back, fill the sleeve completely with adhesive. Observe the gel / working
times.

8- Push the threaded rod or reinforcement bar into the sleeve while turning it slightly, to
ensure a distribution of the adhesive until the back of the sleeve is reached. The anchor
should be free of dirt, grease, oil, or other foreign material.

9- Allow the adhesive to cure to the specified time prior to applying any load or torque.
Do not move or load the anchor until it is fully cured.

10- After full curing, the add-on part can be installed with the max. torque by using a
calibrated torque wrench.

44
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Cleaning Masonry

Brush
20 mm Nylon; Length: 80 mm

Blower

Technical Data, Approvals, Certificates, Test Reports and Safety data sheet are available upon request.

45
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Performance Data Masonry


Standard sleeve without approval

Strength SH SH SH SH SH SH
Strength sleeves 12x50 12x80 16x85 16x130 20x85 20x130
Stone
class Anchor
M6 M8 M10 / M12 M12 / M16
size

Installation parameters

1) Anchoring in masonry of solid sand-lime bricks (KS) and masonry bricks (Mz) does not require perforated sleeve.
2) It is permissible to go below the axial spacing to the minimum value for anchor pairs and groups of four, if the permissible loads
are reduced.
The maximum loads must not be exceeded.
3) Value in brackets applies to solid bricks (Mz and KS).
4) Applies to masonry with top load or proof of tilt. Does not apply to shear loads directed towards a free edge.

46
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Performance Data - Masonry


Standard sleeve without approval

Permissible load in [kN] for each single brick

47
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Performance Data - Masonry


Wing sleeve with approval 1)
Installation parameters
Wing
SH 13x100 SH 15x100
sleeve
Stone
Anchor
M8 M10
size

1) Application without sleeve only in solid brick possible.

48
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

1) Application without sleeve only in solid brick possible.


2) NRk = NRk,p = NRk,b = NRk,pb = NRk,s
3) VRk = VRk,b = VRk,s
4) Hollow masonry: VRk,c = VRk; Solid masonry: VRk,c
5) Installation / Use
6) Long-term temperature / Short-term temperature

49
TP VSF Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Vinylester Styrene-Free Resin

Chemical Resistance

Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant Non-Resistant

Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with
adhesive during a spill).

50
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Approvals / Certificates:

Product Description
The TP EA is a 2-component reaction resin mortar based on an epoxy acrylate.
This product may be used in combination of a hand-, battery- or pneumatic tool
and a static mixer. It was designed as a cost-effective alternative for the anchoring
of threaded rods and internal threaded rod sleeves for approved applications. By
using a screen sleeve, an easy and safe application in hollow bricks is guaranteed.
The TP EA product is characterized by good applications with an ambiance
temperature up to 80C.

Properties and Benefits


European approval in concrete ETA 13/0678
Application in uncracked concrete, solid brick, and hollow brick with commercial
threaded rods
European approval acc. to TR 029 in concrete Opt 7: ETA-10/0354
Overhead application
Suitable for attachment points close to the edge, since anchoring is free of
expansion forces
Reduced chemical resistance
High bending- and pressure strength
Cartridge can be reused up to the end of the shelf life by replacing the static
mixer or resealing cartridge with the screw cap
Mechanical properties acc. to EN 196 Part1
- Density: 1,66 kg/dm2
- Compressive strength: 108 N/mm2
- Bending strength: 56 N/mm2
- Dynamic modulus of elasticity: 3300 N/mm2

Applications
Suitable for the fixation of facades, roofs, wood constructions, metal constructions
metal profiles, console, railing, sanitary devices, cable trays, piping, etc.

51
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Applications and Intended Use


Underground:
Non-cracked concrete, light concrete, porous concrete, solid masonry, hollow brick, natural stone
(Attention: natural stone, can discolour; shall be checked in advance); hammer-drilled holes
Anchor elements:
Threaded rods (zinc plated or hot dip, stainless steel and high corrosion resistance steel), reinforcing bars,
internal threaded rods, profiled rod, steel section with undercuts (e.g. perforated section)
Temperature range:
Installation temperature: 5C up to +35C
Cartridge temperature: min. +5C; optimal +20C
Base material temperature after full curing: -40C to +80C

Handling and Storage


Storage:
Store in a cold and dark place, storage temperature: from +5C up to +25 C
Shelf life:
18 months for standard cartridge (ST); 9 months for foil tube cartridge (SF)

Reactivity

Temperature of base Gelling and working Full curing time in dry Full curing time in wet
material time base material base material

90 min. 360 min. 720 min.


45 min. 180 min. 360 min.
25 min. 120 min. 240 min.
15 min. 80 min. 160 min.
6 min. 45 min. 90 min.
4 min. 25 min. 50 min.
2 min. 20 min. 40 min.

52
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Usage Instructions - Concrete

1- Drill with hammer drill mode a hole into the base material to the size and
embedment depth required by the selected anchor.

2a- Standing water must be removed before cleaning. Starting from the
bottom or back of the bore hole, blow the hole clean with compressed air
or a hand-pump a minimum of four times. If the bore hole ground is not
or
reached, an extension shall be used. The hand-pump can be used for
anchor sizes up to bore hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than
20mm or deeper than 240mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.

2b- Check brush diameter and attach the brush to a drilling machine or a
battery screwdriver. Brush the hole with an appropriate sized wire brush of four
times. If the bore hole ground is not reached with the brush, a brush extension
shall be used.

2c- Finally, blow the hole clean again with compressed air or a
hand-pump a minimum of four times. If the bore hole ground is not
reached, an extension shall be used. The hand-pump can be used for
anchor sizes up to bore hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than
20mm or deeper than 240mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.

3- Attach a supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge and load the


cartridge into the correct dispensing tool. For every working interruption
longer than the recommended working time, as well as for new cartridges,
a new static-mixer shall be used.

4- Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, the position of
the embedment depth shall be marked on the anchor rods.

5- Prior to dispensing into the anchor hole, squeeze out separately a


minimum of three full strokes and discard non-uniformly mixed adhesive
components until the mortar shows a consistent grey or red color.

53
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

6- Starting from the bottom or back of the cleaned anchor hole, fill the
hole up to approximately two-thirds with adhesive. Slowly withdraw the
static-mixing nozzle as the hole fills, to avoid creating air pockets. For
embedment depth larger than 190 mm, an extension nozzle shall be used.
For overhead and horizontal installation in bore holes bigger than 20 mm, a
piston plug and extension nozzle shall be used. Observe the gel / working
times given.
7- Push the threaded rod or reinforcing bar into the anchor hole while
turning slightly, to ensure positive distribution of the adhesive until the
embedment depth is reached. The anchor should be free of dirt, grease,
oil, or other foreign material.

8- Be sure that the anchor is fully seated at the bottom of the hole and that
excess mortar is visible at the top of the hole. If these requirements are not
maintained, the application has to be renewed.

9- Allow the adhesive to cure to the specified time prior to applying any
load or torque. Do not move or load the anchor until it is fully cured.

10- After full curing, the add-on part can be installed with the max. torque
by using a calibrated torque wrench.

54
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Cleaning of the Drill Hole - Concrete

Brush
Steel wire, length 80mm,
M6 thread for drilling machine
connection

Blower

Setting Parameter - Concrete

55
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Performance Data - Concrete

TENSION LOADS - Design method A acc. to ETAG 001 Annex C, characteristic values for tension loading

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of ETAG 001 Annex C.

1) Shall be determined acc. to this table or acc. to 5.2.2.4, Annex C of ETAG 001. The smaller value is decisive.
2) Short-term temperature to long-term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.

56
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Performance Data - Concrete

SHEAR LOADS - Design method A acc. to ETAG 001 Annex C, characteristic values for shear loading

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of ETAG 001 Annex C.

57
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Recommended Loads - Concrete

The recommended loads are only valid for single anchor for a roughly design, if the following conditions
are valid:
Dry or wet bore hole, uncracked concrete C20/25, steel 5.8
c ccr,N
s scr,N
h 2 x hef

If the conditions are not fulfilled, the loads must be calculated acc. to ETAG 001 Annex C.
The safety factors are already included in the recommended loads.

1) Shear load with lever arm acc. to Annex C of ETAG 001.


2) Short-term temperature / Long-term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.

58
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Usage Instructions - Hollow Bricks

1- Drill without hammer drill mode a hole into the base material to the size and embedment
depth required by the selected anchor.

2- In case of a water-filled bore hole, the water has to be removed from the hole (e.g. by
compressed air vacuum cleaner). Starting from the bottom or back of the hole, blow the
hole clean with a hand-pump a minimum of two times. Then, brush the hole with a nylon
brush a minimum of two times. Finally, clean the hole again with a handpump a minimum
of two times.

3- Attach a supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge and load the cartridge into the
correct dispensing tool. After every working interruption longer than the recommended
working time, as well as for new cartridges, a new static-mixer shall be used.

4- Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, the position of the embedment
depth shall be marked on the anchor rods.

5- Prior to dispensing the mortar into the bore hole, squeeze out separately a minimum of
three full strokes, and discard non-uniformly mixed adhesive components until the mortar
shows a consistent grey colour.

6- Insert the perforated sleeve into the bore hole. Make sure that the sleeve fits well into the
hole. Never cut the sleeve! Only use sleeves that have the right length.

7- Starting from the back, fill the sleeve completely with adhesive. Observe the gel / working
times.

8- Push the threaded rod or reinforcement bar into the sleeve while turning it slightly, to
ensure a distribution of the adhesive until the back of the sleeve is reached. The anchor
should be free of dirt, grease, oil, or other foreign material.

9- Allow the adhesive to cure to the specified time prior to applying any load to torque. Do
not move or load the anchor until it is fully cured.

10- After full curing, the add-on part can be installed with the max. torque by using a
calibrated torque wrench.

59
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Cleaning - Masonry
Brush Steel wire, length 80mm, Blower
M6 thread for
drilling machine
connection

Performance Data - Masonry

1) Anchoring in masonry of solid sand-lime bricks (KS) and masonry bricks (Mz) does not require perforated sleeve.
2) It is permissible to go below the axial spacing to the minimum value for anchor pairs and groups of four, if the permissible loads
are reduced. The maximum loads must not be exceeded.
3) Value in brackets applies to solid bricks (Mz and KS).
4) Applies to masonry with top load or proof of tilt. Does not apply to shear loads directed towards a free edge.

60
TP EA Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Epoxyacrylate

Performance Data - Masonry

61
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Approvals / Certificates:

Product Description
The TP 300 P is a 2-component reaction resin mortar based on polyester and will
be delivered in a 2-C cartridge system. This product may be used in combination
of a hand-, battery-, or pneumatic tool and a static mixer. It was designed as a
cost- effective alternative for the anchoring of threaded rods and internal threaded
rod sleeves for non-approved applications. By using a screen sleeve, an easy and
safe application in hollow bricks is guaranteed. The TP 300 P product is characterized
by good applications with an ambiance temperature up to 80C.

Properties and Benefits


Application in uncracked concrete, solid brick and hollow brick with commercial
threaded rods
Overhead application
Suitable for attachment points close to the edge, since anchoring is free of expansion
forces
National approval in masonry
High bending and pressure strength
Reduced chemical resistance
Cartridge can be reused up to the end of the shelf life by replacing the static mixer
or resealing cartridge with the screw cap
Mechanical properties acc. to EN 196 Part1
- Density: 1,67 kg/dm3
- Compressive strength: 108 N/mm3
- Bending strength: 56 N/mm2
- Dynamic modulus of elasticity: 3300 N/mm2

Applications Samples
Suitable for the fixation of facades, roofs, wood constructions, metal constructions,
metal profiles, console, railing, sanitary devices, cable trays, piping, etc.

62
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Applications and Intended Use


Underground:
Non-cracked concrete, light concrete, porous concrete, solid masonry, hollow brick, natural stone
(Attention: natural stone, can discolour; shall be checked in advance), hammer-drilled holes
Anchor elements:
Threaded rods (zinc plated or hot dip, stainless steel and high corrosion resistance steel), reinforcing bars,
internal threaded rods, profiled rod, steel section with undercuts (e.g. perforated section)
Temperature range:
Installation temperature: +5C up to +35C
Cartridge temperature: min. +5C; optimal +20C
Ambiance temperature after full curing: -40C to +80C

Handling and Storage

Storage:
Store in a cold and dark place, storage temperature: from +5C up to +25C
Shelf life:
12 months for standard cartridge; 9 months for foil tube cartridge

Reactivity

Temperature of base Gelling and working Full curing time in dry Full curing time in wet
material time base material base material

+5C 25 min. 120 min. 240 min.


+10C 15 min. 80 min. 160 min.
+20C 6 min. 45 min. 90 min.
+30C 4 min. 25 min. 50 min.
+35C 2 min. 20 min. 40 min.

63
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Usage Instructions - Concrete

1- Drill with hammer drill mode a hole into the base material to the size and
embedment depth required by the selected anchor.

2a- Standing water must be removed before cleaning. Starting from the bottom or
back of the bore hole, blow the hole clean with compressed air or a handpump a
minimum of four times. If the bore hole ground is not reached, an extension shall be
or used. The handpump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore hole diameter 20mm.
For bore holes larger than 20mm or deeper than 240mm, compressed air (min. 6
bar) must be used.

2b- Check brush diameter and attach the brush to a drilling machine or a battery
screwdriver. Brush the hole with an appropriate sized wire brush of four times. If the
bore hole ground is not reached with the brush, a brush extension shall be used.

2c- Finally, blow the hole clean again with compressed air or a handpump a minimum
of four times. If the bore hole ground is not reached, an extension shall be used. The
or handpump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore hole diameter 20mm. For bore
holes larger than 20mm or deeper than 240mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must
be used.

3- Attach a supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge and load the cartridge
into the correct dispensing tool. After every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges, a new static-mixer shall
be used.

4- Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, the position of the
embedment depth shall be marked on the anchor rods.

64
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

5- Prior to dispensing into the anchor hole, squeeze out separately a


minimum of three full strokes and discard non-uniformly mixed adhesive
components until the mortar shows a consistent grey color.

6- Starting from the bottom or back of the cleaned anchor hole, fill the hole up
to approximately two-thirds with adhesive. Slowly withdraw the static-mixing
nozzle as the hole fills to avoid creating air pockets. Observe the gel / working
times given.

7- Push the threaded rod or reinforcing bar into the anchor hole while
turning slightly, to ensure positive distribution of the adhesive until the
embedment depth is reached. The anchor should be free of dirt, grease,
oil, or other foreign material.

8- Be sure that the anchor is fully seated at the bottom of the hole and that
excess mortar is visible at the top of the hole. If these requirements are not
maintained, the application has to be renewed.

9- Allow the adhesive to cure to the specified time prior to applying any
load or torque. Do not move or load the anchor until it is fully cured.

10- After full curing, the add-on part can be installed with the max. torque
by using a calibrated torque wrench.

65
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Cleaning of the Drill Hole - Concrete

Brush
Steel wire, length 80mm,
M6 thread for drilling
machine connection

Blower

Threaded rod Bore hole- Brush- Min. brush- Brush length


(mm) (mm) db(mm) db,min(mm) L (mm)
M8 10,0 12,0 10,5 170
M 10 12,0 14,0 12,5 170
M 12 14,0 16,0 14,5 200
M 16 18,0 20,0 18,5 300
M 20 24,0 26,0 24,5 300

Setting Parameter - Concrete

Anchor size (Rebar) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20


Edge distance 10 x hef Ccr,N [mm] 80 90 110 125 170
Min. edge distance 5xd Cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100
Axial distance 20 x hef Scr,N [mm] 160 180 220 250 340
Min. axial distance 5xd Smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100
Embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170
Min. part thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm hef + 2do

Anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16 20


Drill diameter do [mm] 10 12 14 18 24
Installation torque Tinst. [Nm] 10 20 40 60 120

66
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Performance Data - Concrete

TENSION LOADS - Design method A acc. to ETAG 001 Annex C, characteristic values for tension loading

Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20


Steel failure
Characteristic tension resistance, steel,
NRk,s [kN] 18 29 42 78 122
zinc plated or hot dip, property class 5.8
Characteristic tension resistance, steel,
NRk,s [kN] 29 46 67 125 196
zinc plated or hot dip, property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,50
Characteristic tension resistance, stainless
NRk,s [kN] 26 41 59 110 172
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,N 1,87
Pull-out and concrete cone failure1)
Characteristic bond resistance in concrete C20/25
NRk,p
50C/80C2) uncracked concrete = [kN] 11 17 24 27 46
NRk,c
Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Mp = Mc 1,8
Embedment depth hef 80 90 110 125 170
Edge distance Ccr,N 80 90 110 125 170
Axial distance Scr,N 2 x Ccr,N
Increasing factors for non-cracked (fck0,30) / 2,63
concrete
Splitting failure
Edge distance Ccr,sp [mm] Ccr,N 2 hef (2,5 - h/hef) 2,4 hef
Axial distance Scr,sp [mm] 2 x Ccr,sp
Partial safety factor (dry and wet) Msp 1,8

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of ETAG 001 Annex C.

1) Shall be determined acc. to this table or acc. to 5.2.2.4, Annex C of ETAG 001. The smaller value is decisive.
2) Short-term temperature / Long-term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.

67
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Performance Data - Concrete

SHEAR LOADS - Design method A acc. to ETAG 001 Annex C, characteristic values for shear loading

Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20


Steel failure without lever arm
Characteristic shear resistance, steel, zinc VRk,s [kN] 9 15 21 39 61
plated or hot dip, property class 5.8
Characteristic shear resistance, steel, zinc VRk,s [kN] 15 23 34 63 98
plated or hot dip, property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,25
Characteristic shear resistance, stainless
VRk,s [kN] 13 20 30 55 86
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,56
Steel failure with lever arm
Characteristic bending moment, steel, zinc
M0Rk,s [Nm] 19 37 65 166 324
plated or hot dip, property class 5.8
Characteristic characteristic bending
moment, steel, zinc plated or hot dip, M0Rk,s [kN] 30 60 105 266 519
property class 8.8
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,25
Characteristic tension resistance, stainless
M0Rk,s [kN] 26 52 92 232 454
steel A4 and HCR
Partial safety factor Ms,V 1,56
Concrete pry-out failure
Factor k 2,0
Partial safety factor Mcp 1,5
Concrete edge failure
Effective length of anchor in shear loading If [mm] 80 90 110 125 170
Outside diameter of anchor dnom [mm] 10 12 14 18 24
Partial safety factor Mc 1,5

The data in this table is intended to be used together with the design provisions of ETAG 001 Annex C.

68
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Recommended Loads - Concrete

The recommended loads are only valid for single anchor for a roughly design, if the following conditions
are valid:
Dry or wet bore hole, uncracked concrete C20/25, steel 5.8
c ccr,N
s scr,N
h 2 x hef

If the conditions are not fulfilled, the loads must be calculated acc. to ETAG 001 Annex C.

The safety factors are already included in the recommended loads.

Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20


Embedment distance hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170
Edge distance Ccr,N [mm] 1,5 x hef
Axial distance Scr,N [mm] 3,0 x hef
Recommended tension load NRec [kN] 4,5 6,9 9,6 10,8 18,1
50C/80C 2)
Recommended shear load without lever
VRec [kN] 5,1 8,6 12,0 22,3 34,9
arm for steel property class 5.8 1)

1) Shear load with lever arm acc. to Annex C of ETAG 001.


2) Short-term temperature / Long term temperature. Long-term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods
of time. Short-term elevated temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.

69
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Usage Instructions - Hollow Bricks

1- Drill without hammer drill mode a hole into the base material to the size and embedment
depth required by the selected anchor.

2- In case of a water-filled bore hole, the water has to be removed from the hole (e.g. by
compressed air vacuum cleaner). Starting from the bottom or back of the hole, blow the
hole clean with a handpump a minimum of two times. Then, brush the hole with a nylon
brush a minimum of two times. Finally, clean the hole again with a handpump a minimum
of two times.

3- Attach a supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge and load the cartridge into the
correct dispensing tool. After every working interruption longer than the recommended
working time, as well as for new cartridges, a new static-mixer shall be used.

4- Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, the position of the embedment
depth shall be marked on the anchor rods.

5- Prior to dispensing the mortar into the bore hole, squeeze out separately a minimum of
three full strokes and discard non-uniformly mixed adhesive components until the mortar
shows a consistent grey colour.

6- Insert the perforated sleeve into the bore hole. Make sure that the sleeve fits well into the
hole. Never cut the sleeve! Only use sleeves that have the right length.

7- Starting from the back, fill the sleeve completely with adhesive. Observe the gel / working
times.

8- Push the threaded rod or reinforcement bar into the sleeve while turning it slightly, to
ensure a distribution of the adhesive until the back of the sleeve is reached. The anchor
should be free of dirt, grease, oil, or other foreign material.

9- Allow the adhesive to cure to the specified time prior to applying any load or torque. Do
not move or load the anchor until it is fully cured.

10- After full curing, the add-on part can be installed with the max. torque by using a
calibrated torque wrench.

70
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Cleaning - Masonry

Brush
Steel wire, length 80mm,
M6 thread for drilling machine
connection

Blower

71
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Performance Data - Masonry

1) Anchoring in masonry of solid sand-lime bricks (KS) and masonry bricks (Mz) does not require perforated sleeve.
2) It is permissible to go below the axial spacing to the minimum value for anchor pairs and groups of four, if the permissible loads
are reduced. The maximum loads must not be exceeded.
3) Value in brackets applies to solid bricks (Mz and KS).
4) Applies to masonry with top load or proof of tilt. Does not apply to shear loads directed towards a free edge.

72
TP 300 P Reaction Resin Mortar Based on Polyester

Performance Data - Masonry

Permissible load in [kN] for each single brick

to

73
ACCESSORIES FOR CHEMICAL ANCHORS
TP DISPENSERS
TP GUN 300 TP GUN 420 TP GUN 585

Manuel Extrusion Concrete : 300 ml / 380 ml to 410 ml / 585 ml

Item Number Cartridge Fitting Gun Description


TP GUN 300 TP 300 P Gun for 300 ml - Steel Body and Mechanism
TP GUN 420 TP VSF & TP EA Gun for 380 ml to 410 ml coaxial cartridge - Steel Body
and Mechanism
TP GUN 585 TP E SD Gun for side-by-side fits-all cartridge - Steel Body and
Mechanism

Advantages
Adjustment screw extends the working life of the tool infinitely as it allows resetting of the spring tension in the trigger
action. Saves you time and money.

High tensile grade coated steel used in the trigger mechanism to give you a lifelong finish and no breakages in this
vulnerable area.

High grade and high tensile steel used in the pistons. Will remain rigid, strong, and with a protective finish forever.

STUD BOLT CHEMICAL ANCHOR


TP SB / TP SB A2 / TP SB A4

TP SB

Qty/
Item Number Team Pro Code Item Description Size Qty/master box
box
TP 6285 TP SB-08110 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Zinc M8 x 110 8 10 240
TP 6286 TP SB-10130 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Zinc M10 x 130 10 10 120
TP 6287 TP SB-12160 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Zinc M12 x 160 12 10 120
TP 6288 TP SB-16190 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Zinc M16 x 190 16 10 40
TP 6289 TP SB-20260 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Zinc M20 x 260 20 6 12
TP 6290 TP SB-24300 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Zinc M24 x 300 24 6 12
TP 6291 TP SB-30330 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Zinc M30 x 330 30 6 12

74
TP SBA2
Qty/
Item Number Team Pro Code Item Description Size Qty/master box
box
TP 6292 TP SB A2-08110 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A2 M-8 x 110 8 10 240
TP 6293 TP SB A2-10130 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A2 M-10 x 130 10 10 120
TP 6294 TP SB A2-12160 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A2 M-12 x 160 12 10 120
TP 6295 TP SB A2-16190 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A2 M-16 x 190 16 10 40
TP 6296 TP SB A2-20260 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A2 M-20 x 260 20 6 12
TP 6297 TP SB A2-24300 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A2 M-24 x 300 24 6 12
TP 6298 TP SB A2-30330 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A2 M-30 x 330 30 6 12

TP SBA4
Qty/
Item Number Team Pro Code Item Description Size Qty/master box
box
TP 7201 TP SB A4-08110 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A4 M-8 x 110 8 10 240
TP 7202 TP SB A4-10130 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A4 M-10 x 130 10 10 120
TP 7203 TP SB A4-12160 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A4 M-12 x 160 12 10 120
TP 7204 TP SB A4-16190 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A4 M-16 x 190 16 10 40
TP 7205 TP SB A4-20260 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A4 M-20 x 260 20 6 12
TP 7206 TP SB A4-24300 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A4 M-24 x 300 24 6 12
TP 7207 TP SB A4-30330 Stud Bolt Chemical Anchor. Stainless Steel A4 M-30 x 330 30 6 12

TP PLASTIC AND METAL SLEEVE


Item Number Team Pro Code Item Description Size Qty/box Qty/master box
TP 6275 TP PSL 12050 Plastic Sleeve 12 x 50 12 240
TP 6276 TP PSL 15085 Plastic Sleeve 15 x 85 12 240
TP 6277 TP PSL 15130 Plastic Sleeve 15 x 130 12 240
TP 6278 TP PSL 20085 Plastic Sleeve 20 x 85 12 120

Item Number Team Pro Code Item Description Size Qty/box Qty/master box
TP 6279 TP MSL 12100 Metal Sleeve 12 x 1000 10 10
TP 6280 TP MSL 16100 Metal Sleeve 16 x 1000 5 5
TP 6281 TP MSL 22100 Metal Sleeve 22 x 1000 5 5

Installation
*Sleeve anchors to be used in hollow elements

75
STEEL ANCHORS

76
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG SUPERPLUS / TYPE TP BLS, TYPE TP BLS A4

Approvals / Certificates:

TP BLS Self-undercutting anchor with stud, nut and washer, zinc plated

TP BLS A4 Self-undercutting anchor with stud, nut and washer, stainless steel A4-80

Range and Packages

TP BLS ZN

CODE PACKAGES

ZN BOX

TP 7500 TP BLS M8-14/40/15 25


TP 7501 TP BLS M8-14/80/25 25
TP 7502 TP BLS M12-20/80/15 10
TP 7503 TP BLS M12-20/80/30 10
TP 7504 TP BLS M12-20/150/30 10
TP 7505 TP BLS M12-20/150/50 10
TP 7506 TP BLS M16-25/150/30 5
TP 7507 TP BLS M16-25/150/40 5
TP 7508 TP BLS M16-25/150/60 5
TP 7509 TPBLS M16-25/200/40 10
TP 7510 TP BLS M16-25/200/60 10

TP BLS A4

CODE PACKAGES

A4 BOX

TP 7511 TP BLS M8-14/80/25A4 25


TP 7512 TP BLS M12-20/80/15A4 10
TP 7513 TP BLS M12-20/80/30A4 10
TP 7514 TP BLS M16-25/150/30A4 5
TP 7515 TP BLS M16-25/150/40A4 5

77
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

Installation Parameters and Capacities

TYPE TP BLS FIXING DETAILS PERMISSIBLE LOADS 1) 2)


non-cracked 4) concrete C20/25
Option 1
ANCHOR AND FIXTURE DETAILS INSTALLATION DATA TENSION SHEAR 2)
size L df SW tfix d0 h1 hef Tinst Nsk Vsk

M - d0 / h ef / t fix mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN kN
M8-14/40/15 M8 80 16 17 15 14 60 40 25 6,1 (4,3*) 6,1 (4,3*)
M8-14/80/25 M8 130 16 17 25 14 100 80 25 10,8 (7,6*) 23,7 (23,7*)
M12-20/80/15 M12 130 21 22 15 20 105 80 80 17,2 (11,9*) 34,4 (24,6*)
M12-20/80/30 M12 145 21 22 30 20 105 80 80 17,2 (11,9*) 34,4 (24,6*)
M12-20/150/30 M12 215 21 22 30 20 175 150 80 28,4 (19,0*) 40,0 (40,0*)
M12-20/150/50 M12 235 21 22 50 20 175 150 80 28,4 (19,0*) 40,0 (40,0*)
M16-25/150/30 M16 220 26 27 30 25 185 150 180 44,1 (23,8*) 67,4 (63,0*)
M16-25/150/40 M16 230 26 27 40 25 185 150 180 44,1 (23,8*) 67,4 (63,0*)
M16-25/150/60 M16 250 26 27 60 25 185 150 180 44,1 (23,8*) 67,4 (63,0*)
M16-25/200/40 M16 280 26 27 40 25 235 200 180 53,0 (35,7*) 67,4 (67,4*)
M16-25/200/60 M16 300 26 27 60 25 235 200 180 53,0 (35,7*) 67,4 (67,4*)

* Values in brackets for cracked C20/25.

78
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG STEP IRON ANCHOR A4 (TP SD A4) Approvals / Certificates:

TP SD A4 Threaded stud with hex nut and special plastic sleeve, stainless steel A4-80

Range and Packages

Installation Parameters and Capacities

M8-14/40 SD A4 M8 95 16 16 25 14 60 40 25 6,1 (4,3*) 6,1 (4,3*)

79
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG SAFETY BOLT / TYPE TP S, TYPE TP B

TP S with hexagonal bolt, zinc plated

TP B with stud and nut, zinc plated

Range and Packages

80
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG SAFETY BOLT / TYPE TP S, TYPE TP B

Installation Parameters and Capacities

81
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG SAFETY BOLT / TYPE TP S A4, TYPE TP B A4

TP S A4 with hexagonal bolt, stainless steel A4-70

TP B A4 with stud and nut, stainless steel A4-80

Range and Packages

TYPE TP S A4 TYPE TP B A4

CODE PACKAGES CODE PACKAGES


BOX BOX

82
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG SAFETY BOLT / TYPE TP S A4, TYPE TP B A4

Installation Parameters and Capacities

M6-10/45/5 M6 70 12 10 5 10 60 45 10 3,2 3,2 3,2


M6-10/45/15 M6 80 12 10 15 10 60 45 10 3,2 3,2 3,2
M6-10/45/40 M6 105 12 10 40 10 60 45 10 3,2 3,2 3,2
M8-12/55/5 M8 85 14 13 5 12 70 55 25 4,3 4,3 4,3
M8-12/55/15 M8 90/95 14 13 15 12 70 55 25 4,3 4,3 4,3
M8-12/55/40 M8 115/120 14 13 40 12 70 55 25 4,3 4,3 4,3
M10-15/70/5 M10 100 17 17 5 15 85 70 50 7,1 7,1 7,1
M10-15/70/15 M10 105/110 17 17 15 15 85 70 50 7,1 7,1 7,1
M10-15/70/40 M10 130/135 17 17 40 15 85 70 50 7,1 7,1 7,1
M12-20/80/5 M12 120 21 19 5 20 100 80 80 10,7 (7,1*) 28,7 (20,5*) 24,6 (20,5*)
M12-20/80/15 M12 123/130 21 19 15 20 100 80 80 10,7 (7,1*) 28,7 (20,5*) 24,6 (20,5*)
M12-20/80/40 M12 148/155 21 19 40 20 100 80 80 10,7 (7,1*) 28,7 (20,5*) 24,6 (20,5*)
M16-25/100/15 M16 160 26 24 15 25 125 100 180 16,0 (10,7*) 40,0 (28,6*) 40,0 (28,6*)
M16-25/100/40 M16 185 26 24 40 25 125 100 180 16,0 (10,7*) 40,0 (28,6*) 40,0 (28,6*)

83
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG SAFETY BOLT / TYPE TP SK, TYPE TP SK A4

TP SK Countersunk head screw, zinc plated (ETA Approval)

TP SK A4 Countersunk head screw, stainless steel A4-70

Range and Packages

84
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG SAFETY BOLT / TYPE TP SK, TYPE TP SK A4

Installation Parameters and Capacities

85
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG SAFETY BOLT / TYPE TP AS, TYPE TP AB

Approvals / Certificates:

Range and Packages

86
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

Installation Parameters and Capacities

87
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

LIEBIG ANCHOR / TYPE TP AS A4, TYPE TP AB A4

TP AS A4 with hex head screw and domed washer, A4-70 stainless steel

TP AB A4 with threaded stud, hex nut and domed washer, A4-80 stainless steel

Range and Packages

88
TP LIEBIG ANCHORS

Installation Parameters and Capacities

89
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

TP CCA CRACKED CONCRETE ANCHOR


Zinc Plated

Approvals / Certificates:

90
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

TP CCA-G CRACKED CONCRETE ANCHOR


Hot Dip Galvanized
Approvals / Certificates:

91
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

TP CCA-A4 CRACKED CONCRETE ANCHOR


Stainless Steel A4

Approvals / Certificates:

92
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

TP CCA , TP CCA-G AND TP CCA-A4

Characteristics Applications Approvals / Certificates:


Functioning by roughness; Structural fixings in cracked and
installation by controlled torque. uncracked concrete in indoor applications
Use for medium to high loads. for TP CCA & TP CCA-G.
Easy installation. Structural fixings in cracked and
Use in cracked and uncracked uncracked concrete in outdoor conditions
concrete. (including marine and industrial) for TP
Use for static or quasi-static loads. CCA-A4.
Approved for fire resistance R30 Safety fences
Sprinklers installation for TP CCA
to R120.
& TP CCA-G.
Versions in galvanized carbon steel
Fixings of stadium seatings, facade,
and sherardized for TP CCA & TP
substructures, etc. for TP CCA-A4.
CCA-G.
Fixings of steel beams, channels,
A4 (AISI 316) stainless steel for
machinery, calderas, signals, etc.
TP CCA-A4.
Fixings of wood structures to concrete.

Base Materials Recommended Sizes


Tension
M6 - M20
Resistances
(for TP CCA & TP CCA-G)
in Uncracked
Concrete [kg] M8 - M16
(for TP CCA-A4)

Drill Condition

Applications - TP CCA, TP CCA-G & TP CCA-A4

93
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

Range

ITEM CODE SIZES PICTURE COMPONENT MATERIAL


1 TP CCA M8 to Wedgebolt Carbon steel, galvanized 5 m
M20 Clip A4 stainless steel
Nut DIN 934, galvanized 5 m
Washer DIN 125 or DIN 9021,
galvanized 5 m
2 TP CCA-G M6 to Wedgebolt Carbon steel, sherardized 40 m
M20 Clip A4 stainless steel
Nut DIN 934, sherardized 40 m
Washer DIN 125 or DIN 9021,
sherardized 40 m
3 TP CCA-A4 M8 to Wedgebolt A4 stainless steel
M16 Clip A4 stainless steel
Nut DIN 934, A4 stainless steel
Washer DIN 125 A4 stainless steel

Installation Data

TP CCA and TP CCA-G


SIZE M6 (***) M8 (****) M10 M12 (****) M16 M20
d0: nominal drill bit [mm] 6 8 10 12 16 20
df: fixture hole diameter [mm] 7 9 12 14 18 22
Tins: installation torque [Nm] 7 20/15* 40 60 100 200
h1: drill hole depth [mm] 50 60 75 85 105 125
hnom: embedment depth [mm] 46 55 68 80 97 114
hef: effective depth [mm] 40 48 60 70 85 100
tfix: maximum fixture [mm] L-58 L-66 L-80 L-96 L-177 L-138
thickness**
scr,N: critical spacing [mm] 120 144 180 210 255 300
ccr,N: critical edge distance [mm] 60 72 90 105 128 150
cmin: minimum edge [mm] 40 50 60 70 85/128* 100/150*
distance
smin: minimum spacing [mm] 40 50 60 70 85/128* 100/150*
hmin: minimum concrete [mm] 100 100 120 140 170 200
thickness

* For TP CCA-G
** L= total anchor length
*** TP CCA-G M6 is not included in the ETA
**** Sizes M8x50 and M12x80 are not included in this table, neither in the ETA

94
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

TP CCA-A4

SIZE M8 M10 M12 M16


d0: nominal drill bit [mm] 8 10 12 16
df: fixture hole diameter [mm] 9 12 14 18
Tins: installation torque [Nm] 20 40 60 120
h1: drill hole depth [mm] 70 80 100 115
hnom: embedment depth [mm] 54 67 81 97
hef: effective depth [mm] 48 60 72 86
tfix: maximum fixture [mm] L-65 L-80 L-100 L-120
thickness*
scr,N: critical spacing [mm] 144 180 216 258
ccr,N: critical edge distance [mm] 72 90 108 129
cmin: minimum edge [mm] 144 180 216 258
distance
smin: minimum spacing [mm] 72 90 108 129
hmin: minimum concrete [mm] 100 120 150 170
thickness

* L= total anchor length

Critical distances are those where anchors in an anchor group are not influenced by one another with
regard to tension load effects. For smaller distances, down to minimum distances, corresponding reduction
coefficients must be applied.

Installation Procedure

1. DRILLING
Check the concrete base is compact and porosity is insignificant.
Suitable for wet, dry or flooded drill holes.
Use drill in hammer mode.
Drill to the specified diameter and depth values.

2. BLOW AND CLEAN


Clear the drill holes completely of dust and fragments.
Use air pump and brush.

3. INSTALL
Insert the anchor in the hole until the red ring mark is flat with concrete surface.
Use hammer in case needed.
The installation could be done through the fixture baseplate.

4. APPLY TORQUE
Apply nominal installation torque using a torque wrench.
Once installed, the total length of the anchor can be verified through the latter on bolt
tip.

95
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

Resistances TP CCA
Characteristic resistances for C20/25 concrete for an isolated anchor (without considering anchor-to-anchor
or anchor-to-edge distance effects).

Tension resistance in Coefficient for higher Tension partial Shear partial safety
Shear resistance
C20/25 concrete concrete resistances safety coefficient coefficient
ETA Letter on
Family Code Size
approved head tip Uncracked Cracked C30/37 C40/45 C50/60 Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
NRk[kN] NRk[kN] [-] [-] [-] M[-] VRk[kN] VRk[kN] M[-] M[-]
TPCCA08050 M8x50 A 4.5 3.2 8.3 5.9 1.50
TPCCA08075 M8x75 C
1.22 1.41 1.55 1.80 1.50
TPCCA08095 M8x95 E 9 5 11.0 12.0 1.25
TPCCA08115 M8x115 G
TPCCA10090 M10x90 E
TPCCA10105 M10x105 F
TPCCA10115 M10x115 G
16 9 1.16 1.31 1.41 1.50 17.4 17.4 1.25 1.25
TPCCA10135 M10x135 H
TPCCA10165 M10x165 K
TPCCA10185 M10x185 L
TPCCA12080 M12x80 D 12 8 25.4 1.50
TPCCA12100 M12x100 E
TP CCA
TPCCA12110 M12x110 F
TPCCA12120 M12x120 G
1.22 1.41 1.55 1.50 25.3 1.25
TPCCA12130 M12x130 H 20 12 25.3 1.25
TPCCA12150 M12x150 I
TPCCA12180 M12x180 L
TPCCA12200 M12x200 M
TPCCA16145 M16x145 I
TPCCA16175 M16x175 K
35 25 1.22 1.41 1.55 1.50 47.1 56.4 1.25 1.50
TPCCA16220 M16x220 O
TPCCA16250 M16x250 Q
TPCCA20170 M20x170 K
50 30 1.16 1.31 1.41 1.50 73.1 72.0 1.25 1.50
TPCCA20200 M20x200 M

96
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

Resistances TP CCA-G
Characteristic resistances for C20/25 concrete for an isolated anchor (without considering anchor-to-anchor
or anchor-to-edge distance effects).

Tension
Tension resistance in Coefficient for higher Shear partial safety
partial safety Shear resistance
Letter C20/25 concrete concrete resistances coefficient
ETA coefficient
Family Code Size on head
approved
tip Uncracked Cracked C30/37 C40/45 C50/60 Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked

NRk[kN] NRk[kN] [-] [-] [-] M[-] VRk[kN] VRk[kN] M[-] M[-]

TPCCAG06060 M6x60 B

TPCCAG06070 M6x70 C 6 -- 1.22 1.41 1.55 1.80 6.0 -- 1.25 --

TPCCAG06100 M6x100 E

TPCCAG08050 M8x50 A
4.5 3.2 8.3 5.9 1.50
TPCCAG08060 M8x60 B

TPCCAG08075 M8x75 C 1.22 1.41 1.55 1.80 1.50

TPCCAG08095 M8x95 E 9 5 11.0 12.0 1.25

TPCCAG08115 M8x115 G

TPCCAG10070 M10x70 C 6.7 4.8

TPCCAG01090 M10x90 E

TPCCAG10105 M10x105 F

TPCCAG10115 M10x115 G 1.16 1.31 1.41 1.50 17.4 17.4 1.25 1.25
16 9
TPCCAG10135 M10x135 H

TPCCAG10165 M10x165 K
TP CCA-G
TPCCAG10185 M10x185 L

TPCCAG12080 M12x80 D 12 8 25.4 1.50

TPCCAG12100 M12x100 E

TPCCAG12110 M12x110 F

TPCCAG12130 M12x130 H 1.22 1.41 1.55 1.50 25.3 1.25


20 12 25.3 1.25
TPCCAG12150 M12x150 I

TPCCAG12180 M12x180 L

TPCCAG12200 M12x200 M

TPCCAG16125 M16x125 G

TPCCAG16145 M16x145 I
35 25 1.22 1.41 1.55 1.50 47.1 56.4 1.25 1.50
TPCCAG16175 M16x175 K

TPCCAG16220 M16x220 O

TPCCAG20170 M20x170 K
50 30 1.16 1.31 1.41 1.50 73.1 72.0 1.25 1.50
TPCCAG20200 M20x200 M

97
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

Resistances TP CCA-A4
Characteristic resistances for C20/25 concrete for an isolated anchor (without considering anchor-to-anchor
or anchor-to-edge distance effects).

Tension
Characteristic tension
partial Characteristic shear
resistance in C20/25 Coefficient for higher concrete types Shear partial safety factor
safety resistance in concrete
Letter on concrete
Code Size factor
head
Uncracked Cracked C30/37 C40/45 C50/60 Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked

NRk[kN] NRk[kN] [-] [-] [-] M[-] VRk[kN] VRk[kN] M[-] M[-]

TPCCAA408068 M8x68 A

TPCCAA408075 M8x75 B

TPCCAA408090 M8x90 C
9 5 1.22 1.41 1.55 1.50 11.9 12.0 1.30 1.50
TPCCAA408115 M8x115 D

TPCCAA408135 M8x135 E

TPCCAA408165 M8x165 G

TPCCAA410090 M10x90 A

TPCCAA410105 M10x105 B

TPCCAA410115 M10x115 C
16 9 1.22 1.41 1.55 1.50 18.8 18.8 1.30 1.30
TPCCAA410135 M10x135 D

TPCCAA410155 M10x155 E

TPCCAA410185 M10x185 F

TPCCAA412110 M12x110 A

TPCCAA412120 M12x120 B

TPCCAA412130 M12x130 P
20 12 1.22 1.41 1.55 1.50 27.4 27.4 1.30 1.30
TPCCAA412145 M12x145 C

TPCCAA412170 M12x170 D

TPCCAA412200 M12x200 E

TPCCAA416130 M16x130 A

TPCCAA416150 M16x150 B
35 25 1.22 1.41 1.55 1.50 51.0 57.4 1.30 1.50
TPCCAA416185 M16x185 C

TPCCAA416220 M16x220 D

98
TP CCA / TP CCA-G / TP CCA-A4

1 KN 100 kg
(*)TP CCA-G M6 is not included in the ETA
(**) Sizes M8x50 and M12x80 are not included in this table neither in the ETA

A load safety factor of F = 1,4 is recommended

Design Example - TP CCA / TP CCA-G


Fixing a tension load of 500 kg (= 4,91 kN) in C30/37 cracked concrete using an M10 TP CCA-G anchor.
Check to be done: Design load < Design resistance
Design load = service load * load safety factor = 4,91 * 1,4 = 6,87 kN
Design resistance = characteristic resistance * concrete coefficient / tension partial safety coefficient
= 9 * 1,16 / 1,5 = 6,96 kN
Check: 6,87 < 6,96 kN
Anchorage is safe.

Design Example - TP CCA-A4


Fixing a tension load of 500 kg (= 4,91 kN) in C30/37 cracked concrete using an M10 TP CCA-A4 anchor.
Check to be done: Design load < Design resistance
Design load = service load * load safety factor = 4,91 * 1,4 = 6,87 kN
Design resistance = characteristic resistance * concrete coefficient / tension partial safety coefficient
= 9 * 1,22 / 1,5 = 7,32 kN
Check: 6,87 < 7,32 kN
Anchorage is safe.

Official Documentation

The following documents are available :


European Technical Assessment ETA for use on cracked and uncracked concrete
CE certificate.
Declaration of Performance.
Anchor calculation software.

99
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KA Steel Zinc Plated

100
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KA Steel Zinc Plated

Approvals / Certificates:

This zinc plated through bolt is a torque-controlled expansion anchor for use in cracked and non-cracked
concrete. It is also suitable for installations in hard base materials such as solid brick (max. M8) or natural
stone.
The anchor is preassembled and can be installed directly through the fixture. It is suitable for indoor and
mainly dry applications.

*Do not belong to ETA

101
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KA Steel Zinc Plated

Dimensions

* Do not belong to ETA

Installation Procedure

102
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KA Steel Zinc Plated

* Do not belong to ETA

Applications

103
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KA Steel Zinc Plated

Permissible Loads

1) Load figures include the resistances partial safety factors as per approvals and a partial safety factor on the action of F= 1.4.
Load figures apply for a rebar spacing s 15 cm or alternatively for a rebar spacing s 10 cm in combination with a rebar diameter
of ds 10 mm.
2) Concrete is considered uncracked when the value of tension within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed
verification, R = 3 N/mm can be assumed (L equals the tension within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on
anchor included; R equals the tension coming from shrinkage or creep of the concrete, as well as displacements of supports or
temperature variations).
3) Shear load figures apply for an anchor without influence of a concrete edge. For shear loads close to an edge (c 10 x hef ),
concrete edge failure has to be checked as per ETAG, Annex C, Design Method A.
4) Not part of ETA approvals. Figures are manufacturers recommendations.

104
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAH Stainless Steel

Approvals / Certificates:

This stainless steel through bolt is a torque-controlled expansion anchor for use in cracked and
non-cracked concrete. It is also suitable for installations in hard base materials such as solid brick (max.
M8) or natural stone.
The anchor is preassembled and can be installed directly through the fixture. It is suitable for outdoor
applications subject to humidity, as well as installation in industrial and maritime environments.

105
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAH Stainless Steel

Dimensions

* Do not belong to ETA

Installation Procedure

1. Drill a hole according to the following


instructions.
2-3. Clean the hole using the metal brush
and the pump.
4. Hammer in the anchor.
5. Tighten the nut using the correct
installation torque.

106
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAH Stainless Steel

* Do not belong to ETA

107
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAH Stainless Steel

Permissible Loads

1) Load figures include the resistances partial safety factors as per approvals and a partial safety factor on the action of F= 1.4.
Load figures apply for a rebar spacing s 15 cm or alternatively for a rebar spacing s 10 cm in combination with a rebar diameter
of ds 10 mm.
2) Concrete is considered uncracked when the value of tension within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed
verification, R = 3 N/mm can be assumed (L equals the tension within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on
anchor included; R equals the tension coming from shrinkage or creep of the concrete, as well as displacements of supports or
temperature variations).
3) Shear load figures apply for an anchor without influence of a concrete edge. For shear loads close to an edge (c 10 x hef ),
concrete edge failure has to be checked as per ETAG, Annex C, Design Method A.
4) Not part of ETA approvals. Figures are manufacturers recommendations.
108
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAH HCR High Corrosion Resistant

Approvals / Certificates:

This high corrosion stainless steel through bolt is a torque-controlled expansion anchor for use in cracked
and non-cracked concrete. It is also suitable for installations in hard base materials such as solid brick
(max. M8) or natural stone.
The anchor is preassembled and can be installed directly through the fixture. The TP S-KAH HCR is
suitable for aggressive conditions, chloride atmosphere or atmosphere with chemical pollution (e.g. sea
water splash zones, indoor swimming pools, road tunnels, etc.).

Dimensions

Installation Procedure
Same procedure as TP S-KA and TP S-KAH; please refer to pages 55 and 59.

109
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAH HCR High Corrosion Resistant

Permissible Loads

PERMISSIBLE LOADS 1) 2) PERMISSIBLE LOADS 1) 2)


in KN in uncracked concrete C20/25 in KN in cracked concrete C20/25
Option 1 - Design Method A Option 1 - Design Method A

1) Load figures include the resistances partial safety factors as per approvals and a partial safety factor on the action of F= 1.4.
Load figures apply for a rebar spacing s 15 cm or alternatively for a rebar spacing s 10 cm in combination with a rebar diameter
of ds 10 mm.
2) Concrete is considered uncracked when the value of tension within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed
verification, R = 3 N/mm can be assumed (L equals the tension within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on
anchor included; R equals the tension coming from shrinkage or creep of the concrete, as well as displacements of supports or
temperature variations).
3) Shear load figures apply for an anchor without influence of a concrete edge. For shear loads close to an edge (c 10 x hef ),
concrete edge failure has to be checked as per ETAG, Annex C, Design Method A.

110
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAK Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized

Approvals / Certificates:

This hot dip galvanized through bolt is a torque-controlled expansion anchor for use in cracked and non-cracked
concrete. It is also suitable for installations in hard base materials such as solid brick (max. M8) or natural stone.
The anchor is preassembled and can be installed directly through the fixture. It is suitable for applications in
industrial and maritime environments where possible long-term corrosion is monitored by means of regular
controls.

111
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAK Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized

Dimensions

* Do not belong to ETA

Installation Procedure
Same procedure as TP S-KA and TP S-KAH; please refer to pages 55 and 59.

112
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAK Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized

* Do not belong to ETA

113
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP S-KAK Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized

Permissible Loads

PERMISSIBLE LOADS 1) 2) PERMISSIBLE LOADS 1) 2)


in KN in uncracked concrete C20/25 in KN in cracked concrete C20/25
Option 1 - Design Method A Option 1 - Design Method A

1) Load figures include the resistances partial safety factors as per approvals and a partial safety factor on the action of F= 1.4.
Load figures apply for a rebar spacing s 15 cm or alternatively for a rebar spacing s 10 cm in combination with a rebar diameter
of ds 10 mm.
2) Concrete is considered uncracked when the value of tension within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed
verification, R = 3 N/mm can be assumed (L equals the tension within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on
anchor included; R equals the tension coming from shrinkage or creep of the concrete, as well as displacements of supports or
temperature variations).
3) Shear load figures apply for an anchor without influence of a concrete edge. For shear loads close to an edge (c 10 x hef ),
concrete edge failure has to be checked as per ETAG, Annex C, Design Method A.
4) Not part of ETA approvals. Figures are manufacturers recommendations.

114
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP NTZ Steel, Zinc Plated - ETA Option 7

Approvals / Certificates:

Through Bolt TP NTZ Steel, Zinc Plated (Min. 5 m)

Option 7 Approved Through Bolts for Fixings in Non-cracked Concrete

Torque-controlled expansion anchors for pre-through, push-through, and distance installations.


When torque is applied, the expansion clip develops frictional grip with the drill hole walls.
Anchor diameter and maximum fixture thickness marked on the body.
The use of setting tool makes serial installation safer and quicker.
Zinc plated for dry indoor and temporary outdoor use.

Applications
Steel structures
Column base plates
Seatings
Barriers
Cable racks
Handrails and ladders
Elevator rails

Base Materials

Approved for Non-cracked concrete: ETA 15/0364


Also suitable for Natural stone and solid clay brick

115
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP NTZ Steel, Zinc Plated - ETA Option 7

Range and Packages

* Do not belong to ETA

116
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP NTZ Steel, Zinc Plated - ETA Option 7

Installation Parameters

* Do not belong to ETA

117
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP NTZ Steel, Zinc Plated - ETA Option 7

Capacities

Permissible loads 1) 2) in KN in non-cracked concrete C20/25

1) Load figures include the resistances partial safety


factors as per approvals and a partial safety factor on the
action of F= 1.4. Load figures apply for a rebar spacing
s 15 cm or alternatively for a rebar spacing s 10 cm in
combination with a rebar diameter of ds 10 mm.

2) Concrete is considered uncracked when the value of


tension within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence
of detailed verification R = 3 N/mm can be assumed
(L equals the tension within the concrete as a result of
external loads, forces on anchor included; R equals the
tension coming from shrinkage or creep of the concrete,
as well as displacements of supports or temperature
variations).

3) Shear load figures apply for an anchor without influence


of a concrete edge. For shear loads close to an edge
(c 10 x hef), concrete edge failure has to be checked
as per ETAG, Annex C, Design Method A. Refer to ETA
approval when using approved shear load values.

* Not part of ETA approvals. Figures are


manufacturers recommendations.

118
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP NTSS Stainless Steel A4 - ETA Option 7

Approvals / Certificates:
Through Bolt TP NTSS A4 Stainless Steel

Option 7 Approved Through Bolts for Fixings in Non-cracked Concrete


Torque-controlled expansion anchors for pre-through, push-through, and distance installations.
When torque is applied, the expansion clip expands developing frictional grip with the drill hole walls.
Anchor diameter and maximum fixture thickness marked on the body.
The use of setting tool makes serial installation safer and quicker.
A4 for indoor, outdoor, and industrial use.

Product Overview
Material Stainless steel A4: 1.4404 / 1.4578
Packages NPL: 250 / PALL: 14000 / NMP: 50
Weight 28.6 kg / 1000

Applications
Steel structures
Column base plates
Seatings
Barriers
Cable racks
Handrails
Ladders
Facades

Base Materials
Approved for Non-cracked concrete : ETA 15/0364
Also suitable for Natural stone and solid clay brick

119
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP NTSS Stainless Steel A4 - ETA Option 7

Range and Packages

* Do not belong to ETA

120
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP NTSS Stainless Steel A4 - ETA Option 7

Installation Parameters

* Do not belong to ETA

121
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP NTSS Stainless Steel A4 - ETA Option 7

Capacities
Permissible loads 1) 2) in KN in non-cracked concrete C20/25

1) Load figures include the resistances partial safety


factors as per approvals and a partial safety factor on the
action of F= 1.4. Load figures apply for a rebar spacing
s 15 cm or alternatively for a rebar spacing s 10 cm in
combination with a rebar diameter of d s 10 mm.

2) Concrete is considered uncracked when the value of


tension within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence
of detailed verification R = 3 N/mm can be assumed
(L equals the tension within the concrete as a result of
external loads, forces on anchor included; R equals the
tension coming from shrinkage or creep of the concrete,
as well as displacements of supports or temperature
variations).

3) Shear load figures apply for an anchor without influence


of a concrete edge. For shear loads close to an edge
(c 10 x hef ), concrete edge failure has to be checked
as per ETAG, Annex C, Design Method A. Refer to ETA
approval when using approved shear load values.

* Not part of ETA approvals. Figures are manufacturers


recommendations.

* Do not belong to ETA

122
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP MTH, Zinc Plated - ETA Option 7

Approvals / Certificates:

123
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP MTH, Zinc Plated - ETA Option 7

124
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP MTH - A4 Stainless Steel, Grade A4

Approvals / Certificates:

125
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP MTH and TP MTH-A4

Characteristics
Metallic anchor, with functioning principle by expansion and installation by controlled torque
Male thread
Use in non-cracked concrete
Easy assembly
Use for medium and high loads
Previous installation, or through the fixture hole itself
Variety of lengths: assembly flexibility
Two different installation depths for measures M8, M10 and M12, which allow a higher flexibility for both
thin and thick materials at installation
Available in zinc plated steel or stainless steel A4 (equivalent to AISI 316) for installations outdoors
Certified by the Instituto Eduardo Torroja de Ciencias de la Construccin (EOTA member) with European
Technical Approval ETA 11/0475, option 7, as per European Organization of Technical Approvals Guide
ETAG-001

Materials

ITEM COMPONENT ZINC PLATED STEEL STAINLESS STEEL


Cold forged steel,
1 WEDGE BOLT galvanized 5 m Stainless steel, grade A4
ISO 4042 A2J
DIN 125 or DIN 9021
DIN 125 or DIN 9021
2 WASHER galvanized 5 m
stainless steel, grade A4
ISO 4042 A2J
DIN 934 galvanized 5 m DIN934 stainless steel,
3 NUT
ISO 4042 A2J grade A4
Steel DC03 EN101239
or SPCD JIS G3141
4 CLIP Stainless steel, grade A4
galvanized 5 m
ISO 4042 A2J

Dimensions
METRIC M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20
Zinc plated steel TPMTH M06 M08 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20
Code
Stainless grade A4-TPMTH-A4 MA406 MA408 MA410 MA412 --- MA416 MA420
d: axis diameter [mm] 6 8 10 12 14 16 20
Izinc_plated: zinc plated length [mm] 60-180 60-155 70-230 90-250 120-250 125-280 170-270
Istainless_steel: stainless steel length [mm] 60-180 75-115 70-150 90-140 --- 125-170 170-220
d3: hammering diameter [mm] 4 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 16
d2: washer diameter [mm] 12 16 20 24 28 30 37
s2: washer thickness [mm] 1.6 1.6 2 2.5 2.5 3 3
sw: spanner [mm] 10 13 17 19 22 24 30

126
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP MTH and TP MTH-A4

Installation Data

METRIC M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20


Zinc plated steel TPMTH M06 M08 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20
Code
Stainless steel TPMTH-A4 MA406 MA408 MA410 MA412 ----- MA416 MA420
d0: drill diameter [mm] 6 8 10 12 14 16 20
Tins: torque [Nm] 7 20 35 60 90 120 240
dw: fixture diameter [mm] 7 9 12 14 16 18 22
h1: minimum drill depth [mm] 55 65 75 85 100 110 135
hnom: embedment depth [mm] 49.5 59.5 66.5 77 91 103.5 125
hef: min. effective depth [mm] 40 48 55 65 75 84 103
Standard
hc: base material min. thickness [mm] 100 100 110 130 150 168 206
depth
tfix: max. fixture thickness [mm] L-58 L-70 L-80 L-92 L-108 L-122 L-147
Scr: critical spacing [mm] 120 144 165 195 225 252 309
Ccr: critical edge distance [mm] 60 72 83 98 113 126 155
h1: minimum drill depth [mm] ---- 50 60 70 ---- ---- ----
hnom: embedment depth [mm] ---- 46.5 53.5 62 ---- ---- ----
hef: min. effective depth [mm] ---- 35 42 50 ---- ---- ----
Reduced
hc: base material min. thickness [mm] ---- 100 100 100 ---- ---- ----
depth
tfix: max. fixture thickness [mm] ---- L-57 L-67 L-77 ---- ---- ----
Scr: critical spacing [mm] ---- 105 126 150 ---- ---- ----
Ccr: critical edge distance [mm] ---- 53 63 75 ---- ---- ----
Smin: minimum spacing [mm] 50 65 70 85 100 110 135
Cmin: min. edge distance [mm] 50 65 70 85 100 110 135

127
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP MTH and TP MTH-A4

Installation Procedure
The concrete to be well compacted, e.g. without significant voids.

Base material temperatures during installation: -5 / + 50C (80C in a short period of time). Anchors to
be installed ensuring not less than the specified embedment depth, the edge distance and spacing to be
kept to the specified values, no minus tolerances to be allowed.

Drill to the minimum depth and diameter specified, maintaining perpendicular to the surface of the base
material. Fixture holes themselves can be used as template.

When drilling holes, care to be taken not to damage reinforcement in close proximity to the holes
position. Action to be taken in the event that drilling is aborted, e.g. due to encountering reinforcement.
It is recommended to either install the anchors immediately beside the aborted drill hole, provided that
anchoring depth is increased by the depth of the aborted drill hole, or make a new drilling at a minimum
distance away of two the depth of the aborted hole. Alternatively, a smaller distance may be chosen,
provided the aborted drill hole is filled with high strength mortar. However, unless the aborted drill hole is
filled with mortar, it is not permissible under a shear or oblique tension load to be closer than the installation
depth hnom in the direction of load application.

Thoroughly clean hole from dust and drilling fragments. For holes to be subjected to temperatures below
0 C, measures to be taken to avoid the ingress of water into the hole and subsequent risk of local cracking
of the concrete due to ice expansion.

To introduce the anchor into the hole up to the embedment depth through the fixture. A hammer can be
used to ensure this depth. Do not apply any intermediate lay between the fixture and the washer (sealant,
etc.). Apply the specified torque with a torque wrench.

In case of fixture holes with diameters higher than specified, use washers of bigger diameter and
thickness, but in this case it is not assured a correct distribution of shear loads amongst all the anchors
of a same group. The shear load will be applied on those anchors with the correct diameter on the fixture.

128
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP MTH and TP MTH-A4

Characteristic Resistances
Characteristic resistances* in concrete C20/25** for an isolated anchor (without spacing and edge
distances effects)

METRIC M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

Zinc plated Code TPMTH06 TPMTH08 TPMTH10 TPMTH12 TPMTH14 TPMTH16 TPMTH20
steel /
Hot dip Standard Tension NR,k [KN] 7.7 12.0 16.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 50.0
galvanized Shear VR,K [KN] 5.1 9.3 14.7 20.6 28.1 38.4 56.3
steel
Reduced Tension NR,k [KN] --- 9.0 12.0 16.0 --- --- ---

Shear VR,K [KN] --- 10.4 13.7 17.8 --- --- ---

Stainless Code TPMTHA406 TPMTHA408 TPMTHA410 TPMTHA412 --- TPMTHA416 TPMTHA420


steel,
grade A4 Standard Tension NR,k [KN] 10.1 12.0 16.0 25.0 --- 35.0 50.0

Shear VR,K [KN] 6.0 10.9 17.4 25.2 --- 47.1 73.5

Reduced Tension NR,k [KN] --- 9.0 12.0 16.0 --- --- ---

Shear VR,K [KN] --- 10.4 13.7 17.8 --- --- ---

1 KN100 Kg
* The characteristic resistance of an anchor that has a 95% probability to be achieved in a tension test. It
depends on the mean ultimate resistance, the number of tests and the scatter of the results.
** Concrete C20/25 per ENV206: characteristic resistance for a specimen 28 days old:
Cylindrical sample 150 mm x 300 height 200 N/mm2
Cubic sample 150 mm side 250 N/mm2
Underline values correspond to steel failure.
Characteristic resistance for tension and shear must be considered separately.

Recommended Safety Factors

RESISTANCE SAFETY COEFFICIENTS LOAD INCREASING


SAFETY COEFFICIENT CONCRETE SAFETY
STEEL FAILURE COEFFICIENT
FAILURE
Tension 1.80 1.40
Zinc plated steel
Shear 1.50 1.25
1.4
Stainless steel,
Tension 1.80 1.68
grade A4

129
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP MTH and TP MTH-A4

Calculation Example
Fixing a load tension of 2,000 kg
2,000 kg 20 KN
Increasing coefficient for loads: 1.4
Using two MTH M14 anchors
Pull load characteristic resistance for standard depth MTH M14
anchor: 30.0 KN
Concrete failure
Concrete reduction for resistances coefficient: 1.8
Checking: increased load must be lower than reduced resistance
20 KN x 1.4 2 x 30.0 KN / 1.8
Wedges distance must be longer than 225 mm and distance to any
edge must be longer than 113 mm as well.

Applications

130
TP THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS TP MTH

Recommended Loads

Standard Depth Reduced Embedment Depth


Size M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20 M8 M10 M12
Characteristic 7.7 16.4 25.6 35.4 51.7 65.0 104.4 16.4 25.6 35.4
Steel failure gamma s 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.47 1.40 1.40 1.43
Design (in KN) 5.50 11.71 18.29 24.76 36.15 45.45 71.02 11.71 18.29 24.76
Characteristic 12 16 25 30 35 50 9 12 16
Pull-out gamma s 1.50 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.50 1.50 1.50
Tension
Design (in KN) 8.00 8.89 13.89 16.67 19.44 27.78 6.00 8.00 10.67
Characteristic 12.7 16.7 20.5 26.4 32.7 38.8 52.6 10.4 13.7 17.8
Concrete gamma s 1.50 1.50 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.50 1.80 1.80
Design (in KN) 8.47 11.13 11.39 14.67 18.17 21.56 29.22 6.93 7.61 9.89
FAILURE 5.50 8.00 8.89 13.89 16.67 19.44 27.78 6.00 7.61 9.89
Characteristic 5.1 9.3 14.7 20.6 28.1 38.4 56.3 9.3 14.7 20.6
Steel failure gamma s 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Design (in KN) 4.08 7.44 11.76 16.48 22.48 30.72 45.04 7.44 11.76 16.48
Characteristic 7.7 19.1 38.1 64.1 102.2 163.1 298.5 19.1 38.1 64.1
Steel failure
gamma s 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
with lever arm
Shear Design (in KN) 6.16 15.28 30.48 51.28 81.76 130.48 238.80 15.28 30.48 51.28
K 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
Characteristic 12.7 16.7 20.5 52.8 65.4 77.6 105.2 10.4 13.7 17.8
Pry-out
gamma s 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50
Design (in KN) 8.47 11.13 13.67 35.20 43.60 51.73 70.13 6.93 9.13 11.87
FAILURE 4.08 7.44 11.76 16.48 22.48 30.72 45.04 6.93 9.13 11.87
Catalogue Tension (in KN) 4 5.82 6.47 10.11 12.14 14.16 20.23 4.37 5.54 7.2
Recommended
Loads Shear (in KN) 2.97 5.42 8.56 12 16.37 22.37 32.79 5.05 6.65 8.64

131
TP SLEEVE ANCHORS

TP SLA HB 6.8 SLEEVE ANCHOR WITH ANTI-SPIN


HEXAGON SCREW 6.8

TP SLA HB 8.8 SLEEVE ANCHOR WITH ANTI-SPIN


HEXAGON SCREW 8.8

132
TP SLEEVE ANCHORS

TP SLA SP1 SLEEVE ANCHOR WITH ANTI-SPIN


TAMPERPROOF HEAD

TEAM PRO CODE

TP SLA TH SLEEVE ANCHOR WITH ANTI-SPIN


PROJECTING BOLT

TP SLA CS SLEEVE ANCHOR WITH ANTI-SPIN


FLAT HEAD SCREW

133
TP SLEEVE ANCHORS

TP SLA CS A2SLEEVE ANCHOR WITH ANTI-SPIN


STAINLESS STEEL A2 FLAT HEAD SCREW

Characteristics
Metal anchor that works by expansion once installed with controlled torque
Male thread
Use in noncracked concrete
Easy assembly
Assembled with builtin anti-spins in the collar, ensuring a spinfree installation
To be used for medium loads
Installation through the material to be fixed

Applications

For fixing signposts, shelves, panels, gates, railings, street furniture, fence posts, cinema and stadium
seats.

134
TP SLEEVE ANCHORS

Range and Components

Product Range According to Outer Diameter


(Internal Diameter x Anchor Length)

135
TP SLEEVE ANCHORS

Installation Data

136
TP SLEEVE ANCHORS

Product Installation

1. Drill the Hole


Check that the concrete is compact and porosity insignificant.
To be used in dry, wet, and flooded holes.
Both drilling and hammering modes must be turned on in the drilling machine.
Hole diameter and length specified must be used.

2. Blow and Clean


It is necessary to clean the holes thoroughly free of dust and debris.
Air pump and brush must be used.

3. Installation
Anchor must be introduced into the hole until depth mark reaches the surface of the
base material.
Hammer can be used if needed.
Anchor can be used both ways, through the hole of the material to be fixed, or can
be installed in advance.

4.Tightening
Specified torque must be applied using a dynamometric wrench.

137
TP SLEEVE ANCHORS

Characteristic Resistances* in noncracked concrete C20/25** for an isolated anchor


(without spacing and edge distances effects)

138
TP SLEEVE ANCHORS

Characteristics

Calculation Example
Fixing a tension 500 kg (4,91 KN) load in C20/25 concrete using TP SLA 8 x 60 10 HB 6.8 anchor.

Verification to be made : Calculation load < Calculation resistance

Calculation load = service load * load increase factor = 4.91 *1.4 = 6.87 KN
Characteristic tension resistance 13.1
Calculation resistance = = = 7.28 KN
Resistance reduction factor 1.8

Verification: 6.87 KN < 7.28 KN

Fixture is safe.

139
TP CONCRETE SCREW ANCHORS

TP MMS - SS - HEXAGON HEAD WITH COMBINED


WASHER, ZINC PLATED, APPROVED OPTION 1

Features
Self-tapping, approved screw anchors for push-through installations
Requires a small drill hole diameter. No prescribed tightening torque
No expansion forces allowing for small edge distances and spacing
Fully removable, the anchor can be used twice
Zinc plated for dry indoor and temporary outdoor use

Applications
Faade scaffoldings
Temporary fixings
Seatings
Shelves
Cable racks
Handrails
Battens

Approved for
Cracked concrete
Non-cracked concrete

Suitable for
Hollow-core slab
Natural stone
Perforated clay brick
Solid clay brick
Solid sand-lime brick

140
TP CONCRETE SCREW ANCHORS

TP HMS - P - WITH PAN HEAD AND T-DRIVE,


ZINC PLATED

Features
Self-tapping, approved screw anchors for push-through installations
Requires a small drill hole diameter. No prescribed tightening torque
No expansion forces allowing for small edge distances and spacing
Fully removable, the anchor can be used twice
Zinc plated for dry indoor and temporary outdoor use

Applications
Facade scaffoldings
Temporary fixings

Approved for
Cracked concrete
Non-cracked concrete

Installation Parameters and Capacities


Seatings
Shelves
Cable racks
Handrails
Battens

Suitable for
Hollow-core slab
Natural stone
Non-cracked concrete
Perforated clay brick
Solid clay brick

141
TP CONCRETE SCREW ANCHORS

Installation Parameters and Capacities

PERMISSIBLE LOADS 1)2)3)

TYPE FIXING DETAILS non-cracked concrete C20/25

Option 1
ANCHOR AND FIXTURE DETAILS INSTALLATION DATA TENSION SHEAR 4)

size L df D SW tfix d0 h1 hnom hef Tinst Nsk Vsk

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN kN

TP MMS-SS 6x5x50 6 50 5) 7 11,5 8 5 5 55 45 40 12 1,5 (3,8) 1,5


TP MMS-SS 6x15x60 6 60 5) 7 11,5 8 15 5 55 45 40 12 1,5 (3,8) 1,5
TP MMS-SS 7,5x5x50 7,5 50 5) 9 14,5 10 5 6 55 45 40 20 2,0 (3,7) 2,0
TP MMS-SS 7,5x5x60 7,5 60 5) 9 14,5 10 5 6 65 55 40 20 3,0 (5,3) 3,3
TP MMS-SS 10x5x70 10 70 5) 12 19,0 13 5 8 75 65 47,5 40 4,8 (6,8) 7,6
TP MMS-SS 10x15x80 10 80 5) 12 19,0 13 15 8 75 65 47,5 40 4,8 (6,8) 7,6
TP MMS-SS 12x15x90 12 90 5) 14 22,5 15 15 10 85 75 54,5 55 6,3 (8,3) 12,4
TP MMS-SS 12x25x100 12 100 5) 14 22,5 15 25 10 85 75 54,5 55 6,3 (8,3) 12,4

TP HMS-P 5x30 5 30 5) 6 7,9 T-20 1 4 35 30 - 8 1,9 1,9


TP HMS-P 6x30 6 30 5) 7 11,6 T-30 1 5 35 30 - 12 1,9 1,9

1) Load figures include the resistances partial safety factors as per approvals and a partial safety factor on the action of F= 1.4.
Load figures apply for a rebar spacing s 15 cm or alternatively for a rebar spacing s 10 cm in combination with a rebar diameter
of ds 10 mm.
2) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the value of tension within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed
verification, R = 3 N/mm can be assumed (L equals the tension within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on
anchor included; R equals the tension coming from shrinkage or creep of the concrete, as well as displacements of supports or
temperature variations).
3) The values in bracket ( ) may be used as manufacturer's recommendations.
4) Shear load figures apply for an anchor without influence of a concrete edge. For shear loads close to an edge (c 10 x hef ),
concrete edge failure has to be checked as per ETAG, Annex C, Design Method A.
5) The total length is not including the height of the head.

142
TP CONCRETE SCREW ANCHORS

TP MMS-I 7,5 x 60

Installation Data - Parameters & Capacities

1) Load figures include the resistances partial safety factors as per approvals and a partial safety factor on
the action of F= 1.4. Load figures apply for a rebar spacing s 15 cm or alternatively for a rebar spacing
s 10 cm in combination with a rebar diameter of d s 10 mm.
2) Concrete is considered uncracked when the value of tension within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed
verification R = 3 N/mm2 can be assumed (L equals the tension within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on
anchor included; R equals the tension coming from shrinkage or creep of the concrete, as well as displacements of supports or
temperature variations).
3) The values in brackets ( ) may be used as manufacturers recommendations.
4) Shear load figures apply for an anchor without influence of a concrete edge.

143
TP CONCRETE SCREW ANCHORS

TP MMS-I 7,5 X 60 CONCRETE SCREW IN PRECAST


Prestressed Hollow Core Slabs
All data in this section applies to:
Correct setting (See Setting Parameters below)
No edge distance and spacing influence
Concrete C30/37 to C50/60
Ratio core width/web thickness w/e 4,2

Characteristic Resistance

Anchor type TP MMS-I 7,5x60


Bottom flange thickness db (mm) 25
Characteristic resistance FRK (kN) 1,0

Design Resistance

Anchor type TP MMS-I 7,5x60


Bottom flange thickness db (mm) 25
Design resistance FRd (kN) 0,7

Recommended Loads
Anchor type TP MMS-I 7,5x60
Bottom flange thickness db (mm) 25
Recommended resistance Frec 1)
(kN) 0,5

1) Load figures include the resistances' partial safety factor M = 1,5 and a partial safety factor on the action of F = 1,4.

Setting Parameters
Anchor type TP MMS-I 7,5x60
Nominal embedment depth hnom (mm) 60
Bottom flange thickness db (mm) 25
Nominal diameter of drill bit d0 (mm) 6
Nominal depth of drill hole h1 (mm) 70
Nominal effective anchorage depth hef (mm) 25
Distance between anchor position and prestressing steel ap (mm) 50
Minimum edge distance cmin (mm) 100
Minimum anchor distance smin (mm) 100
Minimum distances between anchor groups amin (mm) 100

144
TP CONCRETE SCREW ANCHORS

Setting Parameters

Hollow core

Pre-stressing steel

Admissible anchor position

145
TP SHIELD ANCHORS

TP SH SHIELD ANCHOR

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. ZINC PLATED

TP SH-A4 SHIELD STAINLESS STEEL A4

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. STAIN. STEEL A4

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. STAIN. STEEL A4

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. STAIN. STEEL A4

TP SH-B LOOSE BOLT 6.8

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. LOOSE BOLT .


TP SH-B08
ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. LOOSE BOLT .


TP SH-B10 ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. LOOSE BOLT .


TP SH-B12
ZINC PLATED

TP SH-B16 SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. LOOSE BOLT .


ZINC PLATED

146
TP SHIELD ANCHORS

TP SH-TF PROJECTING BOLT

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. PROJECTING BOLT.


ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. PROJECTING BOLT.


ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. PROJECTING BOLT.


ZINC PLATED

TP SH-EB EYE BOLT

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. EYE BOLT.


TP SH-EB08
ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. EYE BOLT.


TP SH-EB10
ZINC PLATED

TP SH-EB12 SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. EYE BOLT.


ZINC PLATED

TP SH-H HOOK BOLT

TP SH-H08 SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. HOOK BOLT.


ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. HOOK BOLT.


TP SH-H10
ZINC PLATED

SHIELD STEEL ANCHOR . HEAVY-DUTY FIX. HOOK BOLT.


TP SH-H12
ZINC PLATED

147
TP SHIELD ANCHORS

Characteristics
Metallic anchor, with functioning principle by expansion and installation by controlled torque
Male thread
Use in non-cracked concrete
Easy assembly
Use for high loads
Anchor must be installed before the fixture
Versions:
- Shield
- Stainless steel A4 shield
- Loose Bolt 6.8
- Bolt Projecting
- Eye Bolt
- Hook Bolt
Zinc plated passivated covering and stainless steel

Dimensions

METRIC M6 M8 M10 M12 M16


Shield code TP SH06 TP SH08 TP SH10 TP SH12 TP SH16
Stainless steel shield code TP SH-A406 TP SH-A408 TP SH-A410 TP SH-A412 --
Loose bolt 6.8 code TP SH-B06 TP SH-B08 TP SH-B10 TP SH-B12 TP SH-B16
Bolt projecting code TP SH-TF06 TP SH-TF08 TP SH-TF10 TP SH-TF12 --
Eye bolt code TP SH-EB06 TP SH-EB08 TP SH-EB10 TP SH-EB12 --
Hook bolt code TP SH-H06 TP SH-H08 TP SH-H10 TP SH-H12 --
h0: drill diameter [mm] 10 14 16 20 25
hnom: embedment depth [mm] 40 50 60 80 100
h1: drill minimum depth [mm] 45 60 70 90 110
hef: effective minimum depth [mm] 40 50 60 80 100
hc: base material min thickness [mm] 100 100 120 160 200
dw: fixture diameter [mm] 7 9 12 14 18
Tins: torque [Nm] 10 25 50 85 120
tfix: fixture max thickness [mm] 8.5 8.5 8.0 17.5 17.0
Scr: spacing [mm] 120 150 180 240 300
Ccr: edge distance [mm] 60 75 90 120 150

148
TP SHIELD ANCHORS

Installation Data and Procedure

METRIC M6 M8 M10 M12 M16


Shield code TP SH06 TP SH08 TP SH10 TP SH12 TP SH16
Stainless steel shield code TP SH-A406 TP SH-A408 TP SH-A410 TP SH-A412 --
Loose bolt 6.8 code TP SH-B06 TP SH-B08 TP SH-B10 TP SH-B12 TP SH-B16
Bolt projecting code TP SH-TF06 TP SH-TF08 TP SH-TF10 TP SH-TF12 --
Eye bolt code TP SH-EB06 TP SH-EB08 TP SH-EB10 TP SH-EB12 --
Hook bolt code TP SH-H06 TP SH-H08 TP SH-H10 TP SH-H12 --
d0: drill diameter [mm] 10 14 16 20 25
hnom: embedment depth [mm] 40 50 60 80 100
h1: drill minimum depth [mm] 45 60 70 90 110
hef: effective minimum depth [mm] 40 50 60 80 100
hc: base material min thickness [mm] 100 100 120 160 200
dw: fixture diameter [mm] 7 9 12 14 18
Tins: torque [Nm] 10 25 50 85 120
tfix: fixture max thickness [mm] 8.5 8.5 8.0 17.5 17.0
Scr: spacing [mm] 120 150 180 240 300
Ccr: edge distance [mm] 60 75 90 120 150

Before placing the anchor, checks to be made to ensure the strength class of the concrete is not lower than
that to which the characteristic loads apply
The concrete to be well compacted, e.g. without significant voids
Base material temperatures during installation: -5 / +50C (80C in a short period of time)
Anchors to be installed ensuring not less than the specified embedment depth, the edge distance and
spacing to be kept to the specified values, no minus tolerances to be allowed
Drill to the minimum depth and diameter specified, maintaining perpendicular to the surface of the base
material

149
TP SHIELD ANCHORS

When drilling holes, care to be taken not to damage reinforcement in close proximity to the hole position.
Action to be taken in the event that drilling is aborted, e.g. due to encountering reinforcement. It is
recommended to either install the anchors immediately beside the aborted drill hole, provided that anchoring
depth is increased by the depth of the aborted drill hole, or make a new drilling at a minimum distance away
of two the depth of the aborted hole. Alternatively, a smaller distance may be chosen, provided the aborted
drill hole is filled with high strength mortar. However, unless the aborted drill hole is filled with mortar, it is
not permissible under a shear or oblique tension load for it to be closer than installation depth hnom in the
direction of load application.
Thoroughly clean hole from dust and drilling fragments.
For holes to be subjected to temperatures below 0C, measures to be taken to avoid the ingress of water
into the hole and subsequent risk of local cracking of the concrete due to ice expansion.
Introduce completely the shield anchor in the base material.
Fix the fixture, inserting the loose or projecting bolt through the fixture holes without any intermediate layer
(sealant, etc.).
Apply the specified torque with a torque wrench.
In case of holes with diameters higher than specified, use washers of bigger diameter and thickness, but
in this case, it is not assured a correct distribution of shear loads amongst all the anchors of a same group.
The shear load will be applied on those anchors with the correct diameter on the base material.

Characteristic Resistances

Characteristic resistances* in concrete C20/25** for an isolated anchor (without spacing and edge distances
effects):

METRIC M6 M8 M10 M12 M16


Loose bolt TP SH-B NR,k tension [KN] 5.7 9.3 21.5 28.4 50.4
6.8 VR,k: shear [KN] 6.0 11.0 17.4 25.3 47.1
Stainless TP SH-A4 NR,k tension [KN] 5.7 9.3 21.5 28.4 --
steel shield VR,k: shear [KN] 7.0 12.8 20.3 29.5 --
Projecting TP SH-TF NR,k tension [KN] 5.7 9.3 21.5 28.4 --
bolt VR,k: shear [KN] 4.2 7.7 12.2 17.7 --
Eye bolt TP SH-EB NR,k tension [KN] 4.2 9.3 15.8 16.9 --
VR,k: shear [KN] -- -- -- -- --
Hook bolt TP SH-H NR,k tension [KN] 1.7 3.2 5.8 8.1 --
VR,k: shear [KN] -- -- -- -- --

1 KN100 Kg
* The characteristic resistance of an anchor is that with a 95% probability to be achieved in a tension test.
It depends on the mean ultimate resistance, the number of tests and the scatter of the results.
** Concrete C20/25 per ENV206: characteristic resistance for a specimen 28 days old:
Cylindrical sample 150 mm x 300 height 200 N/mm2
Cubic sample 150 mm side 250 N/mm2
Underlined values correspond to steel failure.
Characteristic resistance for tension and shear must be considered separately.

150
TP SHIELD ANCHORS

Recommended Safety Factors


Reduction Coefficient Increasing
Safety Coefficients for Resistances Coefficient
Concrete Failure Steel Failure for Loads
Tension 1.80 --
Loose bolt 6.8 TP SH-B 1.4
Shear -- 1.25
Stainless Tension 1.80 --
TP SH-A4 1.4
steel shield Shear -- 1.56
Projecting Tension 1.80 --
TP SH-TF 1.4
bolt Shear -- 1.24
Tension 1.80 1.50 1.4
Eye bolt TP SH-EB
Shear -- -- --
Tension -- 1.50 1.4
Hook bolt TP SH-H
Shear -- -- --

Calculation Example
Fixing a load tension of 1.500 kg
1.500 kg 15 KN
Increasing coefficient for loads: 1.4
Using two TP SH M10 anchors
Pull load characteristic resistance for TP SH M10 anchor: 21.5 KN
Concrete failure
Concrete reduction for resistances coefficient: 1.8
Checking: increased load must be lower than reduced resistance
15 KN x 1.4 2 x 21.5 KN / 1.8
Wedges distance must be longer than 180 mm and distance to any edge must be longer than 90 mm as well.

151
TP SHIELD ANCHORS

Applications

152
TP DROP IN ANCHORS TP DA / TP DAL

Approvals / Certificates:

FIRE
TP DA RESISTANCE

TP DAL

TP DA-A4

Characteristics Applications
Functioning by deformation Fixing suspended ceilings, sprinklers
European approval for non-structural applications in and ventilation systems
cracked and non-cracked concrete Structural fixing, inner and outer iron works
Installation prior to the material to be fixed Fixing threaded bars
Bolt can be disassembled so that the surface of the
base material is smooth
Bolt not included

153
TP DROP IN ANCHORS TP DA / TP DAL

BASE MATERIAL RECOMMENDED LOADS in SIZES


NON-CRACKED CONCRETE, TP DA [kg]
M6 M20
TP DA
DRILL CONDITIONS
concrete

cracked

concrete

Application Examples

Range

ITEM CODE SIZE PHOTO COMPONENT MATERIAL

Carbon steel
M6 to Capsule Carbon steel
1 TP DA
M20 Cone Coating:
zinc 5 m

Carbon steel
M6 to Capsule Carbon steel
2 TP DAL
M16 Cone Coating:
zinc 5 m

Stainless steel
M6 to Capsule A4
3 TP DA-A4
M20 Cone Stainless steel
A4

154
TP DROP IN ANCHORS TP DA / TP DAL

Accessories

Installation Data

*Bolt length to be threaded (not included) = e + washer thickness + thickness of material to be fixed.
Critical distances are those in which the anchors in a group do not affect each other when taking into account resistance loads. However, minimum
distances between anchors must be observed.

155
TP DROP IN ANCHORS TP DA / TP DAL

Installation Procedure

1. DRILL
Check the concrete base is well compacted and porosity insignificant.
Dry and wet drills allowed.
Drill at hammer or percussion position.
Respect specified diameter and depth.

2. BLOW AND CLEAN


Clean hole from dust and drill debris.
Use air pump and brush.

3. INSTALLATION
Introduce the anchor in the hole completely.
Use hammer if necessary.
The anchor must not stand out of the surface of the base material.

4. EXPAND ANCHOR
Insert the expansion tool into the inner cone of the anchor. Hammer until the
setting tool is levelled with the anchor.

5. APPLY NOMINAL TORQUE


Put the material to be fixed and insert the bolt or stud through holes. Use a bolt
with the correct length.
Wide washers are recommended (DIN 9021).
Do not introduce any materials between the material to be fixed and
the washer (sealants, etc.).
Apply the nominal torque using dynamometric wrench.

156
TP DROP IN ANCHORS TP DA / TP DAL

Resistance
I- Characteristic resistance in non-cracked concrete C20/25 for an isolated anchor (no spacing and edge
distance effects) with bolt class 6.8 or A4-70

1 KN 100 kg

II- Characteristic resistance in non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 to C50/60 (cracked and
non-cracked) for an isolated anchor (no spacing and edge distance effects) with bolt class 6.8

157
TP DROP IN ANCHORS TP DA / TP DAL

It is recommended an increasing coefficient of loads of F = 1,4

Calculation example:
Fixing a tension load of 400 kg (=3.92 kN) in non-cracked concrete C30/37 with TP DA M10 anchor and
bolt class 6.8
Checking: Design load < Design resistance
Design load = service load * increasing coefficient for loads = 3,92 * 1,4 = 5,49 kN
Design resistance = Characteristic resistance * Concrete coefficient / Tension partial safety factor
= 12,7 * 1,15 / 2,1 = 6,95 kN
Checking: 5.49 kN < 6,95 kN
Fixing is safe.

158
TP STEEL FRAME ANCHORS TP FAS

Characteristics

TP FAS is a metal frame anchor, excellent for the spaced fixing and fireproof application
Suitable for both solid base material (concrete, stone, solid brick, solid block, etc.) and for hollow base
material (hollow brick, perforated brick, etc.)
Used for fixing window frames, door frames, squared timbers
Anti-spin lateral wings to avoid the anchor from spinning while expanding

Geometric Sizes

Resistance

159
TP STEEL FRAME ANCHORS TP FAS

Installation Data

TP CODE drill Minimum drilling depth Minimum installation depth Maximum fixture thickness Torque
H [mm] F [mm] L [mm] D [mm] [Nm]
TP 6341 40
TP 6342 60
TP 6343 80
10 60 40 4
TP 6344 100
TP 6345 120
TP 6346 150

Installation Procedure

Drill the hole according to diameter and depth on the data chart. For hollow materials, the mechanical
hammer is not to be used, in order to avoid any damages to the base material. It is also advisable to
reduce the drilling speed when the head of the drill is close to the base materials hollow core.
Clean the drill out of dust and little stones.
Insert the anchor through the material to be fixed up to the head of the anchor.
Thread the screw. Do not exceed the torque to avoid looseness of the plug grip and to avoid damages
in the base material or the anchor itself.

Applications

160
TP HOLLOW WALL ANCHORS
TP HAB / TP HA
TP STG & TP STP

TP-HAB HOLLOW WALL ANCHOR


For Use in Hollow Elements With Screw

TP-HA HOLLOW WALL ANCHOR


For Use in Hollow Elements Without Screw

161
TP HOLLOW WALL ANCHORS TP HAB / TP HA / TP STG & TP STP

Setting Tools

Qty/
TEAM PRO
Item Number ITEM DESCRIPTION Size Qty/box master
CODE
box

TP 6326 TP-STG GUN FOR HOLLOW WALL ANCHOR GUN 1 13

TP 6327 TP-STP PLIERS FOR HOLLOW WALL ANCHOR PLIERS 1 25

Characteristics
Anchor for hollow elements as airbrick, pladur, dry wall, plaster wall, etc.
Max load in thin walls due to its design
With and without screw versions
Easy, fast and controlled installation. Requires a special gun
Previous installation or through out
Available special pliers to use in places with difficult access
After installation screw can be replaced with another same metrical size

Dimensions

CODE Screw Body Screw Body


diameter diameter length* length
With screw Without screw
M H L C
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

TP-HAB421 TP-HA421 28 21
TP-HAB432 TP-HA432 41 33.5
TP-HAB438 TP-HA438 M4 6.9 47 39.5
TP-HAB446 TP-HA446 54 46.5
TP-HAB459 TP-HA459 67 60
TP-HAB537 TP-HA537 43.5 37
TP-HAB552 TP-HA552 60 53
M5 8.9
TP-HAB565 TP-HA565 74 65.5
TP-HAB580 TP-HA580 89 81
TP-HAB637 TP-HA637 45 37
TP-HAB652 TP-HA652 60 53
M6 10.1
TP-HAB665 TP-HA665 74 66
TP-HAB680 TP-HA680 89 81
... TP-HA865 M8 12.2 - 67

(*) Screw not provided with TP-HA version

162
TP HOLLOW WALL ANCHORS TP HAB / TP HA / TP STG & TP STP

Installation Data

CODE Drill Fastening Minimum


diameter thickness space Tool
Screw
With screw Without screw H E required required
[mm] [mm] [mm]
TP-HAB421 TP-HA421 1-4
TP-HAB432 TP-HA432 3-9
TP-HAB438 TP-HA438 M4 8 8 - 15
TP-HAB446 TP-HA446 16 - 21
TP-HAB459 TP-HA459 32 - 38 TP-STG
TP-HAB537 TP-HA537 5 - 13
TP-HAB552 TP-HA552 5 - 16
M5 10 L-E
TP-HAB565 TP-HA565 16 - 32
TP-HAB580 TP-HA580 32 - 45
TP-HAB637 TP-HA637 5 - 13 TP-STP
TP-HAB652 TP-HA652 5 - 16
M6 12
TP-HAB665 TP-HA665 16 - 32
TP-HAB680 TP-HA680 32 - 45
... TP-HA865 M8 14 16 - 32

163
TP HOLLOW WALL ANCHORS TP HAB / TP HA / TP STG & TP STP

Installation Procedure

TP-STP for places


with difficult access

Drill base material to a specified diameter. Do not use hammer option.


Insert anchor with the fingers to the end of base material.
Hammer softly until the anchor is fully attached to base material.
Place screw head into installation gun. Push it until full anchor expansion is done, taking care not to
extract it.
Unplace the gun and unscrew the anchor.
Place the other material to fix.
Introduce screw and turn to the end.
When placing anchors in places with difficult access, the gun use of (TP 6326) is recommended instead of
pliers (TP 6327), due to this gun's size.
When working with no screw provided anchor version, min. screw length provided by installer should be
according to the table in previously mentioned paragraph ''Dimensions''.

164
TP HOLLOW WALL ANCHORS TP HAB / TP HA / TP STG & TP STP

Installation throughout the Material


Drill base material to a specified diameter. Do not use hammer option.
Insert anchor with the fingers to the end of base material.
Place screw head into installation gun. Push it until full anchor expansion is done, taking care not to extract it.
Drill to the end.

Recommended Loads

Dry wall Plaster wall


CODE
e = 10 mm e = 12.5 mm e = 2x12.5 mm e = 10 mm e = 12.5 mm e = 2x12.5 mm
Without
With screw Nrec Vrec Nrec Vrec Nrec Vrec Nrec Vrec Nrec Vrec Nrec Vrec
screw
TP-HAB421 TP-HA421 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 -- -- 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.60 -- --
TP-HAB432 TP-HA432 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 -- -- 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.60 -- --
TP-HAB438 TP-HA438 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 -- -- 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.60 -- --
TP-HAB446 TP-HA446 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 -- -- 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.60 -- --
TP-HAB459 TP-HA459 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.90 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.60 0.50 0.80
TP-HAB537 TP-HA537 0.20 0.50 -- -- -- -- 0.25 0.50 -- -- -- --
TP-HAB552 TP-HA552 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 -- -- 0.30 0.60 0.50 1.00 -- --
TP-HAB565 TP-HA565 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 0.40 1.00 0.30 0.50 0.50 1.00 0.90 1.10
TP-HAB580 TP-HA580 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 0.40 1.00 0.30 0.50 0.50 1.00 0.90 1.10
TP-HAB637 TP-HA637 0.15 0.40 -- -- -- -- 0.20 0.50 -- -- -- --
TP-HAB652 TP-HA652 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 -- -- 0.25 0.80 0.30 1.00 -- --
TP-HAB665 TP-HA665 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.90 0.25 0.80 0.30 1.00 0.80 1.80
TP-HAB680 TP-HA680 0.20 0.75 0.20 0.75 0.30 0.90 0.25 0.80 0.30 1.00 0.80 1.80
-- TP-HA865 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.50 0.40 1.00 0.40 0.90 0.80 1.20 0.90 1.70

1KN 100 Kg
Non-underlined numbers agree with a previous installation.
Underlined numbers agree with installation throughout the material.

165
TP HOLLOW WALL ANCHORS TP HAB / TP HA / TP STG & TP STP

Applications

166
TP CLADDING SYSTEM

167
TP Z-BRACKET SYSTEM Stone Cladding Fixation

Application
According to DIN 18515, all cladding panels that are larger than 0.1 m2 have to be anchored.

Material
Manufactured from stainless steel AISI 304, 316 and 316L
Adjustability in two directions

Advantages
The panels are secured to the anchoring base material with absolute safety.
Made of stainless steel for high corrosion resistance and better durability
The support and restraint brackets are adjustable in 2 directions.
The brackets are fixed into the anchoring base by means of anchors. Due to the small drill hole dimensions
of the anchors, the facade can be installed very quickly. The small size of drill hole into the anchoring base
material means that heavy drilling equipment is not required.

TP-Z BRACKET

168
TP Z-BRACKET SYSTEM Stone Cladding Fixation

Flat Head
Item Number Item Description Width = (a) Offset = (e) Thickness = (t) Bolt Material
Diameter
TP 5800 SS.304 TPZ 35x20x3mm 08 35 20 3 8 SS.304
TP 5801 SS.304 TPZ 40x30x3mm 08 40 30 3 8 SS.304
TP 5802 SS.304 TPZ 45x40x3mm 08 45 40 3 8 SS.304
TP 5803 SS.304 TPZ 50x50x3mm 08 50 50 3 8 SS.304
TP 5804 SS.304 TPZ 40x60x4mm 08 40 60 4 8 SS.304
TP 5805 SS.304 TPZ 40x70x4mm 08 40 70 4 8 SS.304
TP 5806 SS.304 TPZ 40x20x4mm 10 40 20 4 10 SS.304
TP 5807 SS.304 TPZ 40x30x4mm 10 40 30 4 10 SS.304
TP 5808 SS.304 TPZ 45x40x4mm 10 45 40 4 10 SS.304
TP 5809 SS.304 TPZ 50x50x4mm 10 50 50 4 10 SS.304
TP 5810 SS.304 TPZ 50x60x4mm 10 50 60 4 10 SS.304
TP 5811 SS.304 TPZ 55x70x4mm 10 55 70 4 10 SS.304
TP 5812 SS.304 TPZ 40x20x5mm 12 40 20 5 12 SS.304
TP 5813 SS.304 TPZ 45x30x5mm 12 45 30 5 12 SS.304
TP 5814 SS.304 TPZ 45x40x5mm 12 45 40 5 12 SS.304
TP 5815 SS.304 TPZ 50x50x5mm 12 50 50 5 12 SS.304
TP 5816 SS.304 TPZ 55x60x5mm 12 55 60 5 12 SS.304
TP 5817 SS.304 TPZ 60x70x5mm 12 60 70 5 12 SS.304

Flat Head
Item Number Item Description Width = (a) Offset = (e) Thickness = (t) Bolt Material
Diameter
TP 5818 SS.316L TPZ 35x20x3mm 08 35 20 3 8 SS.316L
TP 5819 SS.316L TPZ 40x30x3mm 08 40 30 3 8 SS.316L
TP 5820 SS.316L TPZ 45x40x3mm 08 45 40 3 8 SS.316L
TP 5821 SS.316L TPZ 50x50x3mm 08 50 50 3 8 SS.316L
TP 5822 SS.316L TPZ 40x60x4mm 08 40 60 4 8 SS.316L
TP 5823 SS.316L TPZ 40x70x4mm 08 40 70 4 8 SS.316L
TP 5824 SS.316L TPZ 40x20x4mm 10 40 20 4 10 SS.316L
TP 5825 SS.316L TPZ 40x30x4mm 10 40 30 4 10 SS.316L
TP 5826 SS.316L TPZ 45x40x4mm 10 45 40 4 10 SS.316L
TP 5827 SS.316L TPZ 50x50x4mm 10 50 50 4 10 SS.316L
TP 5828 SS.316L TPZ 50x60x4mm 10 50 60 4 10 SS.316L
TP 5829 SS.316L TPZ 55x70x4mm 10 55 70 4 10 SS.316L
TP 5830 SS.316L TPZ 40x20x5mm 12 40 20 5 12 SS.316L
TP 5831 SS.316L TPZ 45x30x5mm 12 45 30 5 12 SS.316L
TP 5832 SS.316L TPZ 45x40x5mm 12 45 40 5 12 SS.316L
TP 5833 SS.316L TPZ 50x50x5mm 12 50 50 5 12 SS.316L
TP 5834 SS.316L TPZ 55x60x5mm 12 55 60 5 12 SS.316L
TP 5835 SS.316L TPZ 60x70x5mm 12 60 70 5 12 SS.316L

169
TP Z-BRACKET SYSTEM Stone Cladding Fixation

TP-Z Bracket Accessories


Item Number Item Description Diameter Length Pin Opening D Material
TP 5836 TPZ F.H.BOLT M8X60 PIN04 SS.304 8 60 4 SS.304
TP 5837 TPZ F.H.BOLT M8X80 PIN04 SS.304 8 80 4 SS.304
TP 5838 TPZ F.H.BOLT M10X80 PIN05 SS.304 10 80 5 SS.304
TP 5839 TPZ F.H.BOLT M8X60 PIN04 SS.316L 8 60 4 SS.316L
TP 5840 TPZ F.H.BOLT M8X80 PIN04 SS.316L 8 80 4 SS.316L
TP 5841 TPZ F.H.BOLT M10X80 PIN05 SS.316L 10 80 5 SS.316L
TP 5842 TPZ THROUGH ANCHOR M8X80 SS.304 8 80 - SS.304
TP 5843 TPZ THROUGH ANCHOR M8X80 SS.316L 8 80 - SS.316L
TP 5844 TPZ THROUGH ANCHOR M10X90 SS.304 10 90 - SS.304
TP 5845 TPZ THROUGH ANCHOR M10x90 SS.316L 10 90 - SS.316L
TP 5846 TPZ THROUGH ANCHOR M12x100 SS.304 12 100 - SS.304
TP 5847 TPZ THROUGH ANCHOR M12x100 SS.316L 12 100 - SS.316L
TP 5848 TPZ WASHER M08 SS.304 8 - - SS.304
TP 5849 TPZ WASHER M10 SS.304 10 - - SS.304
TP 5850 TPZ WASHER M08 SS.316L 8 - - SS.316L
TP 5851 TPZ WASHER M10 SS.316L 10 - - SS.316L
TP 5852 TPZ HEX NUT M8 SS.304 8 - - SS.304
TP 5853 TPZ HEX NUT M10 SS.304 10 - - SS.304
TP 5854 TPZ HEX NUT M8 SS.316L 8 - - SS.316L
TP 5855 TPZ HEX NUT M10 SS.316L 10 - - SS.316L
TP 5856 TPZ Pin 04x50 mm SS.304 4 50 - SS.304
TP 5857 TPZ Pin 05x50 mm SS.304 5 50 - SS.304
TP 5858 TPZ Pin 04x50 mm SS.316L 4 50 - SS.316L
TP 5859 TPZ Pin 05x50 mm SS.316L 5 50 - SS.316L

170
TP Z-BRACKET SYSTEM Stone Cladding Fixation

TP-Z Bracket Load Table

Bracket Cavity to Pin Dead load Wind load Bracket Bracket Anchor Anchor
min - max max DL max WL Width Thickness Pin Diameter Permissible
Offset
(c) [kN] [ KN] [mm] (T) [mm] A2-70 Force
[mm]
[mm] [mm] A4-70 [KN]*

Loads per 1 bracket


If loads are bigger or dimensions are different, individual calculation is necessary.
* with safety factor of 3,0

171
TP Z-BRACKET SYSTEM Stone Cladding Fixation

TP-Z BRACKET HORIZONTAL JOINT (STANDARD & SERRATED)

TP-Z BRACKET HORIZONTAL JOINT INSTALLATION


Ensure the facade is correctly measured and tolerances have been considered.
Erect any required scaffolding.
Cut and remove a section of the thermal insulation to drill the hole for the anchor bolt. The insulation is
replaced after anchor installation.
Drill the dowel holes for the first and second row of slabs, ensure correct, minimum drill hole depth and
diameter.
Remove all dust from the hole.
Fix and align the lower row of support anchors with approved anchor bolts i.e. TP S-KAH.
Replace the previously removed thermal insulation.
Fill the pin holes above the anchor with mortar.
Place the 1st row of stone onto the support anchors.
Fix and align the support anchors for the 2nd row of slabs with approved anchor bolts i.e. TP S-KAH.

172
TP Z-BRACKET SYSTEM Stone Cladding Fixation

Make any fine adjustments to the 1st row of slabs: allow at least a 2mm gap between the top edge of the
lower row and the bottom edge of the arm of the support anchor for the 2nd slab row.
Push the anchor pin through the hole in the spade bolt and into the sleeve below.
Dimensions acc. to detail Pin, fixing hole and joint dimensions [mm] (see picture) must be observed.
The 2nd row of slabs is then installed and the procedure repeated.

Installation Direction:
from left ----> right, or from right ----> left
always from bottom ----> top

Note
Natural stone slabs are generally fixed at
four points. Thermal insulation should be
cut out before drilling the fixing holes.

Important
Tighten all countersunk screws and anchor
bolts using a torque wrench adjusted to the
correct torque!

Detail
Pin, fixing hole and joint dimensions [mm]

173
TP Z-BRACKET SYSTEM Stone Cladding Fixation

TP-Z BRACKET VERTICAL JOINT (STANDARD & SERRATED)

TP-Z BRACKET VERTICAL JOINT INSTALLATION

Ensure the facade is correctly measured and tolerances have been considered.
Erect any required scaffolding.
Cut and remove a section of the thermal insulation to drill the hole for the anchor bolt.
The insulation is replaced after anchor installation.
Drill the dowel holes for the support and restraint anchors; ensure correct, minimum drill hole depth and
diameter.
Remove all dust from the hole.
Fix and align the support and restraint anchors with approved anchor bolts i.e. TP S-KAH.
Replace the previously removed thermal insulation.
Place the natural stone slab on the 1st support anchor and place a wedge under the right edge.
Fix support and restraint anchor for the 1st vertical joint with approved anchor bolts and make any fine
adjustments.
Push the anchor pins through the holes in the spade bolts.

Installation starts from building edge, left to right or right to left


Example installation direction:
from left ----> right, always from bottom ----> top

174
TP Z-BRACKET SYSTEM Stone Cladding Fixation

Detail
Pin, fixing hole and joint dimensions [mm]

Fill the lower fixing holes (support anchor) of the 2nd


natural stone slab with mortar.
Push the 2nd natural stone slab to the 1st slab.
Dimensions acc. to the detail Pin, fixing hole and joint
dimensions [mm] must be observed (see right).
Fix the support and restraint anchors for the 2nd vertical
joint; then finely adjust the slab; repeat the procedure
for the next anchors.

Installation of the Last Natural Stone Slab of the Row


The penultimate slab is anchored using pins only on the right vertical panel edge.
The last panel at the right-hand edge of the building is installed in the horizontal joint on two support anchors.

Important
Tighten all countersunk screws and anchor bolts with the
correct torque!

175
TP L-BRACKET Stone Cladding Fixation

TP SYSTEM TYPE WITH UP & DOWN LEGS


TP LUD/ L-Bracket (Standard & Serrated) Up and Down

Materials SS304, SS316L


Standard items:

176
TP L-BRACKET SYSTEM Stone Cladding Fixation

TP SYSTEM TYPE WITH UP LEGS


TP LU/ L-Bracket (Standard & Serrated) Up

Materials SS304, SS316L


Standard items:

177
MEPTEK

178
TP PIPE CLAMPS Standard Pipe Clamp with Nut & Rubber Profile

Properties
Material: Cold Rolled Steel

Zinc Plated: > 10 m

Locking Screw: Falt Head PH Screw

Noise Reduction: 15 dB according to DIN 4109

Temperature Range: -40 to 110C

Fire Behavior: Class B2

EPDM Hardness: 49 shore A

Description

Two-screw pipe clamp for all applications


M8/M10 combinut
The EPDM rubber provides vibration control and sound insulation
Used with Wood Screw
Electro Galvanized or 304 Quality Stainless Steel (INOX A2)
Plastic Safe Washers on each side prevent the side screws to be lost during assembly
Provides easy and practical mounting by the Pan Head Screws with Type H Cross Recess on each side
Through the nut, the height of the clamp can be adjusted with a rod easily

Installation Data

179
TP PIPE CLAMPS Standard Pipe Clamp with Nut & Rubber Profile

Fastening Screw Wrench


Item Clamping Size (DIN 7985) Fastening Sheet iron Recommended Moment Qty/
Description Pan Head Screw
Number distance (inch) with Type H nut size tensile load (Breaking box
Cross Recess
load)

O.D (mm) M A SxB kN kN Piece

TP 4001 TP PC 1/2 (20-24) 20-24 1/2 M5xM15 M8+M10 1.5x20 1.3 3.9 250

TP 4002 TP PC 3/4 (25-28) 25-28 3/4 M5xM15 M8+M10 1.5x20 1.3 3.9 200

TP 4003 TP PC 1 (32-35) 32-35 1 M5xM15 M8+M10 1.5x20 1.3 3.9 130

TP 4004 TP PC 1 1/4 (39-46) 39-46 1 1/4 M6xM20 M8+M10 1.5x20 1.3 3.9 220

TP 4005 TP PC 1 1/2 (48-53) 48-53 1 1/2 M6xM20 M8+M10 1.5x20 1.3 3.9 180

TP 4006 TP PC 2 (59-66) 59-66 2 M6xM20 M8+M10 1.5x20 1.3 3.9 150

TP 4007 TP PC 2 1/2 (74-80) 74-80 2 1/2 M6xM25 M8+M10 2.0x25 2.3 6.9 100

TP 4008 TP PC 3 (87-94) 87-94 3 M6xM25 M8+M10 2.0x25 2.3 6.9 75

TP 4009 TP PC 4 (110-116) 110-116 4 M6xM30 M8+M10 2.5x25 2.6 7.8 55

TP 4010 TP PC 5 (135-143) 135-143 5 M6xM30 M8+M10 2.5x25 2.8 8.4 55

TP 4011 TP PC 6 (162-170) 162-170 6 M6xM30 M8+M10 2.5x25 2.8 8.4 45

TP 4012 TP PC 8 (207-219) 207-219 8 M6xM30 M8+M10 2.5x25 3.2 9.6 35

TP 4013 TP PC 5 (123-128) 123-128 5 M6xM30 M8+M10 2.5x25 2.8 8.4 55

180
TP PIPE CLAMPS Standard Pipe Clamp with Nut & Rubber Profile

Applications

Water Supply Piping Supports


Drainage System
Gas Piping System
Copper Piping System
Heating System

Features

RAL Certificate RAL-GZ 655-B


Quick Locking permits and fast application
Duo Nut M8-M10
Manufactured in Germany
RAL-GZ 655-B Pipe Support

TP WUS, 2-screw, Rubber Lined

181
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP WUS Practica I Pipe Clamp with Rubber

Installation Data

Item Grip Lock Qty/ Permitted


TP Code Size Material B H1 Boss Nut [SW]*
Number range bolt box load (N)

[mm] [bxs] b1

TP 4704 TP WUS 1/4 1215 20*1,50 22 62 43 M8/10 SW 13x13.5 M6 100 1200

TP 4705 TP WUS 3/8 1519 20*1,50 22 66 47 M8/10 SW 13x13.5 M6 100 1200

TP 4706 TP WUS 1/2 2123 20*1,50 22 72 53 M8/10 SW 13x13.5 M6 100 1200

TP 4707 TP WUS 3/4 2628 20*1,50 22 76 57 M8/10 SW 13x13.5 M6 100 1200

TP 4708 TP WUS 1 3235 20*1,50 22 83 64 M8/10 SW 13x13.5 M6 100 1200

TP 4709 TP WUS 1 1/4 4043 20*1,50 22 90 71 M8/10 SW 13x13.5 M6 100 1200

TP 4710 TP WUS 1 1/2 4856 20*1,50 22 103 84 M8/10 SW 13x13.5 M6 50 1200

TP 4711 TP WUS 2 5762 20*1,50 22 109 94 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 50 1200

TP 4712 TP WUS 70 mm 6370 20*1,50 22 117 102 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 50 1200

TP 4713 TP WUS 2 1/2 7480 23*1,50 22 127 112 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 50 1200

TP 4714 TP WUS 3 8391 23*1,50 22 138 123 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 25 1200

TP 4715 TP WUS 102 mm 100105 23*2 25 160 139 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 25 1800

TP 4716 TP WUS 4 108114 23*2 25 169 148 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 25 1800

TP 4717 TP WUS 125 mm 115-125 23*2 25 180 159 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 20 1800

TP 4718 TP WUS 133 mm 127-135 23*2 25 190 169 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 20 1800

TP 4719 TP WUS 5 135-140 23*2 25 195 174 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 20 1800

TP 4720 TP WUS 6 159-169 23*2 25 224 203 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 10 1800

TP 4721 TP WUS 8 193-200 23*2 25 255 234 M8/10 SW 13x18 M6 10 1800

* SW: nut width across flats / pit size

182
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Heavy Duty Pipe Clamp with Nut

Features and Benefits

Two-part clamp with two locking bolts Noise insulting lining, EPDM rubber, black
Heavy design Also available: noise insulting lining of silicone
Bolts secured with anti-loss washer rubber (reddish brown), heat resistant up to
With CO2 welded connection nut +2000C (A 35 15)
Material: steel Lining resistant to ageing
Zinc plated Noise insulation tested according to DIN 4109
Up to and including 5: locking nut is Tested for fire safety
captive, hidden in plastic holder

Applications

Used in the assembly of heavy load clips and pipe carrying heavy load

Installation and Recommended Loads

183
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Heavy Duty Pipe Clamps

Item Clamping Width Height Screw Thickness x Nut Breaking Recommended Qty/
Description
Number range (L) (H) (M) width (SxB) (N) load (Tu) load (Tr) box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]x [mm] [mm] [KN] [KN]


TPHV 1/4
TP 4100 1217 75 26 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 50
M12
TPHV 1/2
TP 4101 2128 81 30 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 50
M12
TPHV 3/4
TP 4102 2532 87 33 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 50
M12

TP 4103 TPHV 1 M12 3340 94 36 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 50

TPHV 1 1/4
TP 4104 4148 103 41 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 50
M12
TPHV 1 1/2
TP 4105 4856 111 44 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 50
M12

TPHV 5359
TP 4106 5359 120 48.5 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 40
M12

TP 4107 TPHV 2 M12 6069 125 51 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 40

TPHV 6775
TP 4108 6775 134 55 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 40
M12
TPHV 2 1/2
TP 4109 7581 141 59 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 30
M12

TPHV 8391
TP 4110 8391 149 63 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 30
M12

TP 4111 TPHV 3 M12 8795 154 65 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 30

TPHV 95104
TP 4112 95104 161 69 M8 2x25 M12 10 2.75 30
M12
TPHV 102112
TP 4113 102112 169 73 M8 2.5x30 M12 14 3.75 30
M12

TP 4114 TPHV 4 M12 109119 178 78.6 M8 2.5x30 M12 14 3.75 30

TPHV 122138
TP 4115 122138 192 90.1 M10 3x30 M16 20 6 20
M16
TPHV 128141
TP 4116 128141 197 92.6 M10 3x30 M16 20 6 20
M16

TP 4117 TPHV 5 M16 136147 204 96.1 M10 3x30 M16 20 6 10

TPHV 153164
TP 4118 153164 220 104.1 M10 3x30 M16 20 6 10
M16

TP 4119 TPHV 6 M16 164174 229 108.6 M10 3x30 M16 20 6 10

TPHV 196209
TP 4120 196209 264 126.1 M10 3x30 M16 20 6 20
M16

TP 4121 TPHV 8 M16 214226 279 133.6 M10 3x30 M16 20 6 15

TP 4122 TPHV 10 M16 266274 335 161.6 M10 3x30 M16 20 6 15

TP 4123 TPHV 12 M16 308324 400 184.8 M10 4x40 M16 35 11.7 10

TP 4124 TPHV 14 M16 340356 432 200.8 M12 4x40 M16 35 11.7 10

TP 4125 TPHV 16 M16 395411 485 228.8 M12 4x40 M16 35 11.7 8

TP 4126 TPHV 18 M16 447463 572 259 M16 4x40 M16 35 11.7 5

TP 4127 TPHV 20 M16 499515 624 285 M16 4x40 M16 35 11.7 5

184
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Sprinkler Clamp

Approvals/Certificates:

Properties
Material: ColdRolled Carbon Steel
Zinc Plated: 810 Micron

Description

Singlehand installation
For sprinkler pipes up to 12
For fixing to a threaded rod
Single loop band with knurled nut
Simple height adjustment

All our pipe clamps are manufactured according to the international


standards below:

NFPA 13 (National Fire Protection Association) Installation of Sprinkler Systems


Hangers and supports for sprinkler piping shall conform to NFPA 13 1996 specification
Federal specification WWH171 (Type 1) and Manufacturers Standardization Society
MSSSP58 (Type 1)
UL Listed and FM Approved

Applications

Use for the support of stationary, noninsulated pipe lines including CPVC PIPES
Use for fire Sprinkler System

185
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Sprinkler Clamp

Installation and Recommended Loads

Item Clamping Width Height Thickness x Breaking Recommended Qty/


Description
Number distance (L) (H) width (SxB) load (Tu) load (Tr) box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]x [mm] [KN] [KN]

TPSC 1/2
TP 4034 28 51.5 36.5 1x25 6 1.5 150
M10
TPSC 3/4
TP 4035 30 53.5 37.5 1x25 6 1.5 125
M10

TP 4036 TPSC 1 M10 36 65.5 46.5 1x25 6 1.5 100

TPSC 1 1/4
TP 4037 46 79.9 55.7 1.2x25 11 1.5 75
M10
TPSC 1 1/2
TP 4038 52 85.9 58.7 1.2x25 11 1.5 60
M10

TP 4039 TPSC 2 M10 66 99.9 65.7 1.2x25 11 1.5 50

TPSC 2 1/2
TP 4040 78 116 75.5 1.5x25 16 3.9 35
M10

TP 4041 TPSC 3 M10 92 132 84.5 1.5x25 16 3.9 25

TP 4042 TPSC 4 M10 116 167.5 107.5 2x30 19 3.9 30

TP 4043 TPSC 5 M12 142 200 126.5 2.5x30 22 7.5 30

TP 4044 TPSC 6 M12 170 238 150.5 2.5x30 22 7.5 30

TP 4045 TPSC 8 M16 222 311.5 197.5 3x30 30 13 10

186
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Sprinkler Clamp

Approvals/certificates

NOTE:

When an over-sized clevis is used, a pipe spacer


Properties
should be placed over the clevis bolt to prevent the
Material: Steel 1.0332 acc. to DIN EN 10111
lower U-strap from moving inward.
Electro-Galvanized: DIN EN 10327
Use of an upper locknut ensures proper performance.
Recommended for Seismic Application

Federal specification WWH171 (Type 8) and Manufacturers


Standardization Society MSSSP58 (Type 8)

Size
Item
Description Connection hole Qty / box
Number
DN (mm) D (mm)

TP 4300 TP CH 1/2 15 21.3 M10 200

TP 4301 TP CH 3/4 20 26.9 M10 200

TP 4302 TP CH 1 25 33.7 M10 200

TP 4303 TP CH 1 1/4 32 42.4 M10 100

TP 4304 TP CH 1 1/2 40 48.3 M10 100

TP 4305 TP CH 2 50 60.3 M10 100

TP 4306 TP CH 2 1/2 65 76.1 M12 50

TP 4307 TP CH 3 80 88.9 M12 50

TP 4308 TP CH 3 1/2 94 101.6 M12 50

TP 4309 TP CH 4 100 114.3 M16 25

TP 4310 TP CH 5 125 139.7 M16 25

TP 4311 TP CH 6 150 168.3 M20 10

TP 4312 TP CH 8 200 219.1 M20 10

TP 4313 TP CH 10 250 273 M20 5

TP 4314 TP CH 12 300 323.9 M20 5

TP 4315 TP CH 14 350 355.6

TP 4316 TP CH 16 400 406.4


ITEMS CAN BE PRODUCED AS PER
TP 4317 TP CH 18 450 457 CUSTOMERS
REQUEST AND SPECIFICATIONS
TP 4318 TP CH 20 500 508

TP 4319 TP CH 24 600 609.6

187
TP CLEVIS HANGER TP U-Strap

For Steel Pipes 1/2-20( 21.3-508)

Features

Material: Mild Steel


Electro galvanized as poer ASTM B633

Applications

Used to mount plain and insulated pipes


Can be used with rubber and foam inserts
Can be used in horizontal and vertical pipe runs

Installation and Recommended Loads

188
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP U-Strap

Dimensions (mm)
Diameter Length Axis distance between Ear hole diameter Dimensions
Item Description
(d) (L) 2 holes (A) (d) (SxB)

TP 4230 TP USTRAP 1/2 21.3 76 51 9 (M8) 2x25

TP 4231 TP USTRAP 3/4 28 82 57 9 (M8) 2x25

TP 4232 TP USTRAP 1 35 89 64 9 (M8) 2x25

TP 4233 TP USTRAP 1 1/4 42 96 71 9 (M8) 2x25

TP 4234 TP USTRAP 1 1/2 48 102 77 9 (M8) 2x25

TP 4235 TP USTRAP 2 60 114 89 9 (M8) 2x25

TP 4222 TP USTRAP 2 1/2 73 127 102 9 (M8) 3x25

TP 4223 TP USTRAP 78 78 132 107 9 (M8) 3x25

TP 4236 TP USTRAP 3 85 139 114 9 (M8) 3x25

TP 4237 TP USTRAP 3 1/2 95 149 124 9 (M8) 3x25

TP 4224 TP USTRAP 103 103 157 132 9 (M8) 3x25

TP 4225 TP USTRAP 4 110 164 139 9 (M8) 3x25

TP 4238 TP USTRAP 115 115 169 144 9 (M8) 3x25

TP 4226 TP USTRAP 120 120 174 149 9 (M8) 3x25

TP 4227 TP USTRAP 5 125 179 154 11 (M10) 3x25

TP 4239 TP USTRAP 140 140 194 169 11 (M10) 3x25

TP 4228 TP USTRAP 6 160 214 189 11 (M10) 3x25

TP 4229 TP USTRAP 165 165 219 194 11 (M10) 3x25

TP 4240 TP USTRAP 168 168 222 197 11 (M10) 3x25

TP 4199 TP USTRAP 7 175 229 204 11 (M10) 3x25

TP 4198 TP USTRAP 190 190 244 219 11 (M10) 3x25

TP 4197 TP USTRAP 8 215 285 253 11 (M10) 3x38

TP 4241 TP USTRAP 219 219 289 257 11 (M10) 3x38

TP 4196 TP USTRAP 10 245 336 295 19 (M18) 4x38

TP 4195 TP USTRAP 268 268 359 318 19 (M18) 4x38

TP 4242 TP USTRAP 273 273 364 323 19 (M18) 4x38

TP 4t243 TP USTRAP 12 323 414 373 19 (M18) 4x38

TP 4244 TP USTRAP 14 356 447 406 19 (M18) 4x50

TP 4194 TP USTRAP 375 375 466 425 19 (M18) 4x50

TP 4245 TP USTRAP 16 406 497 456 19 (M18) 4x50

TP 4249 TP USTRAP 424 424 515 474 19 (M18) 4x50

TP 4246 TP USTRAP 18 456 547 506 19 (M18) 4x50

TP 4247 TP USTRAP 20 508 599 558 19 (M18) 4x50

TP 4248 TP USTRAP 20 558 649 608 19 (M18) 4x50

189
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Lined U-Strap Clamp

Features

Material: Mild steel


Electro galvanized as per ASTM B633
Vibration and sound control tested with highly elastic vibration control lining

Applications

Used to mount plain and insulated pipes


Can be used with rubber and foam inserts
Can be used in horizontal and vertical pipe runs.
Can be used with Rubber Support Inserts for chilled & hot water

Technical Data

190
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Lined U-Strap Clamp

Product Code Size Diameter A B Strip Size


Bolt Size
TP LUSC Inches (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

TP 4898 1/2 22 79 54 M8 25x2


TP 4899 3/4 28 85 60 M8 25x2
TP 4900 1 35 92 67 M8 25x2
TP 4901 1 1/4 42 99 74 M8 25x2
TP 4902 1 1/2 48 105 80 M8 25x2
TP 4903 54 111 86 M8 25x2
TP 4904 2 60 117 92 M8 25x2
TP 4905 67 124 99 M8 25x2
TP 4906 2 1/2 75 148 116 M8 25x3
TP 4907 82 155 123 M8 25x3
TP 4908 3 90 163 131 M8 25x3
TP 4909 3 1/2 100 173 141 M8 25x3
TP 4910 108 181 149 M8 25x3
TP 4911 4 115 188 156 M8 25x3
TP 4912 126 199 167 M10 25x3
TP 4913 5 140 213 181 M10 25x3
TP 4914 148 221 189 M10 25x3
TP 4915 155 228 196 M10 25x3
TP 4916 6 167 240 208 M10 25x3
TP 4917 179 252 220 M10 25x3
TP 4918 190 263 231 M10 38x3
TP 4919 205 278 246 M10 38x3
TP 4920 8 219 292 260 M10 38x3
TP 4921 230 303 270 M10 38x3
TP 4922 241 335 294 M12 38x4.5
TP 4923 263 357 316 M12 38x4.5
TP 4924 10 273 367 326 M18 38x4.5
TP 4925 295 389 348 M18 38x4.5
TP 4926 16 406 550 459 M18 38x4.5

Sizes above 10 are made as per clients request.


Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
Other sizes available upon request.

191
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP U-Bolt

For Steel Pipes 1/2-20( 21.3-508)

Features

U-clamp with thread


Including nuts and washers
Carbon Steel acc.to the MSS SP 58-TABLE A2/A2M
Electro Galvanization acc. to ASTM B 633/ASTM F 1941
Hot Dipped Galvanized. (HDG) acc to ASTM A 153/123
Lined U bolts are available

Applications

Used in the assembly of the pipe into the channels


Recommended for chilled water and in sliding points
Can be used in horizontal and vertical pipe runs
Complies with the Manufacturers Standardization Society MSS SP-58 & MSS SP-69 (Type 24)

Installation and Recommended Loads

192
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP U-Bolt

Item Width Qty/


Description L A B M
Number (mm) box

TP 4201 TP UC 1/2 21.3 50 24 30 M6 500

TP 4202 TP UC 3/4 26.9 60 30 30 M6 500

TP 4203 TP UC 1 33.7 70 36 30 M8 500

TP 4204 TP UC 1 1/4 42.4 80 46 40 M8 250

TP 4205 TP UC 1 1/2 48.3 90 52 50 M8 200

TP 4206 TP UC 2 60.3 100 64 50 M10 150

TP 4207 TP UC 2 1/2 76.1 120 78 50 M10 75

TP 4208 TP UC 3 88.9 140 94 60 M12 50

TP 4209 TP UC 3 1/2 101.6 150 106 65 M12 25

TP 4210 TP UC 4 114.3 160 118 65 M12 25

TP 4211 TP UC 5 139.7 200 146 65 M12 25

TP 4212 TP UC 6 165.3 220 172 90 M16 20

TP 4213 TP UC 8 219.1 270 224 90 M16 20

TP 4215 TP UC 10 273 334 278 100 M16 10

TP 4216 TP UC 12 324 380 328 100 M16 10

TP 4218 TP UC 14 355.6 413 360 100 M18 5

TP 4219 TP UC 16 406.4 470 412 120 M20 5

TP 4220 TP UC 18 457 520 464 120 M20 2

TP 4221 TP UC 20 508 582 514 120 M24 2

193
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Roller Clamps

Features

Material: Carbon steel chair and axle


with cast iron pipe roller. Carbon Steel
acc. to the MSP SP 58-Table A2/A2M
Size range: 2 through 24
Standard finish:
- Electro Galvanization
acc. to ASTM B 633/ASTM F 1941
- Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
acc. to ASTM A 153/123

Applications

Designed to support pipes where axial movements are allowed, and vertical adjustments are
not required. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle, the size selection
has to be oversized to suit. Mounting bolts are not included.

Approvals/Certificates

Complies with Manufactures Standardization Society MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69 Type 44.

Note: Special sizes can be designed to meet Project requirements.

Ordering

Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish.

Installation and Recommended Loads

194
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Roller Clamps

Item Size Max rec. Weight


Description SxB A C D E F G H
Number Inch mm load (KN) per 100 (Kg)

TP 4360 TP ROC 2 50 6x30 M10 38 M10 30 98.5 39.5 78 1.3 50

TP 4361 TP ROC 2 1/2 65 6x30 M10 41 M12 30 121 47.5 88.5 2.7 62

TP 4362 TP ROC 3 80 6x30 M10 44.5 M12 50 140 55.5 100 2.7 74.5

TP 4363 TP ROC 3 1/2 90 10x40 M12 51 M12 50 153 63.5 115 2.7 113.5

TP 4364 TP ROC 4 100 10x40 M12 59 M12 50 165 70 129 3.1 138.5

TP 4365 TP ROC 5 125 10x40 M12 63.5 M16 60 200 86 149 3.1 194.5

TP 4366 TP ROC 6 150 10x45 M12 70 M20 82.5 242 100 170 4.4 243

TP 4367 TP ROC 8 200 10x50 M12 76.5 M24 102 299 129 205 5.8 313.5

TP 4368 TP ROC 10 250 12x50 M12 92 M24 127 362 159 251 7.6 573.5

TP 4369 TP ROC 12 300 12x50 M12 105 M24 153 419 188 293 10.2 935

TP 4370 TP ROC 14 350 12x60 M16 121 M30 178 473 210 330 13.8 1217

TP 4371 TP ROC 16 400 16x60 M16 127 M30 203 534 235 362 17.4 2077

TP 4372 TP ROC 18 450 16x60 M16 134 M30 229 581 264 397 18.7 2134

TP 4373 TP ROC 20 500 16x75 M20 146 M36 254 648 292 438 20 2814

TP 4374 TP ROC 24 600 16x75 M20 178 M36 305 762 351 529 26.7 4535

195
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Riser Clamps

Features

Material: Carbon steel acc. to MSS SP 58 Table A2/A2M.

Finish:
- Electro-galvanized acc. to ASTM B 633/ASTM F 1941
- Hot Dip Galvanized (HDG) according to ASTM A 153/123
- PVC coating or painted parts upon request
- Riser clamp with lining is available.

Applications

Designed to support or hold vertical pipe runs. The load is transmitted to the structure
by the ears on each sides
Can be used for steel and cast iron pipes
Clamp is fitted and bolted preferably below a coupling or welded lugs on steel pipe

Approvals

Complies to Manufacturers Standardization Society MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69 Type 8

Installation and Recommended Loads

196
TP PIPE CLAMPS TP Riser Clamps

Item Size Connection Side length Distance Max rec. load


Description
Number DN(mm) D (mm) hole (L) (A) (KN)

TP 4128 TP RV 1/2 15 25x3 M10 238 65 0.8

TP 4129 TP RV 3/4 20 25x3 M10 238 75 0.9

TP 4130 TP RV 1 25 25x3 M10 244 86 1

TP 4131 TP RV 1 1/4 32 25x3 M10 254 110 1.2

TP 4132 TP RV 1 1/2 40 25x3 M10 264 111 1.23

TP 4133 TP RV 2 50 25x3 M10 273 140 1.5

TP 4134 TP RV 2 1/2 65 25x3 M12 286 143 2

TP 4135 TP RV 3 80 30x3 M12 305 183 2.5

TP 4136 TP RV 3 1/2 94 30x3 M12 330 205 3.5

TP 4137 TP RV 4 100 40x3 M12 343 210 3.5

TP 4138 TP RV 5 125 40x3 M12 368 235 5.5

TP 4139 TP RV 6 150 40x5 M16 394 277 7

TP 4140 TP RV 8 200 50x5 M16 470 370 9

TP 4141 TP RV 10 250 50x5 M16 527 405 12

TP 4142 TP RV 12 300 50x5 M16 578 450 12

TP 4143 TP RV 14 350 50x6 M16 610 512 13

TP 4144 TP RV 16 400 50x6 M20 660 571 13

TP 4145 TP RV 18 450 50x6 M20 711 655 13

TP 4146 TP RV 20 500 60x16 M20 762 760 13

TP 4147 TP RV 24 600 60x16 M20 915 880 13

TP 4148 TP RV 30 750 16x75 M20 1030 901 13

197
TP STC STRUT CHANNELS

Application
Light steel constructions
Machines and technical facilities construction
Suspended ceilings
Mounting and installation
Construction of ventilation and air duct systems, HVAC
Sanitary systems
Photovoltaic constructions
Channel frame assembly
Trapeze supports

Production Materials

Hot rolled black steel according to standard PN-EN 10025, PN-EN 10111
Cold rolled steel supplied according to standard PN-EN 10130
Hot galvanized steel for cold processing and hot galvanized construction steel according to
standard PN-EN 10346
Corrosion resistant steel according to standard PN-EN 10088

Product Range
Black steel support channels
Hot galvanized support channels
Hot dip galvanized support channels (according to standard PN-EN ISO 1461)
Support channels made from acid resistant steel
All channels are produced according to the standard PN-EN 10162

Profile Length
Standard: 2, 3, 6 m
On demand: from 0.5 to 10 m

Perforation System
Standard (according to technical drawings)
On individual customer demand
Non-perforated

198
TP STC STRUT CHANNELS

Item
Type Material Thickness Length Weight
Number
[mm] [m] [kg/m]
TP 5050 41412.00 HDG 2 3 2.09

TP 5051 41411.5 HDG 1.5 3 1.65

TP 5052 41412.5 HDG 2.5 3 2.61

TP 5053 41622.5 HDG 2.5 3 3.33

TP 5054 41822.5 HDG 2.5 3 4.08

TP 5055 41412.00 GVZ 2 3 2.09

TP 5056 41411.5 GVZ 1.5 3 1.65


The weight of the profiles as
TP 5057 41412.5 GVZ 2.5 3 2.61
specified in this data sheet are
TP 5058 41622.5 GVZ 2.5 3 3.33 theoretical, calculated according
to formulas specified in applicable
TP 5059 41822.5 GVZ 2.5 3 4.08 production standards.
TP 5060 41211.5 GVZ 1.5 3 1.15 All calculations have been done
for nominal values and material
TP 5061 41212 GVZ 2 3 1.45 thickness.
TP 5062 41212.5 GVZ 2.5 3 1.78 Value of steel density as used
in calculations: 7,85g/cm3. Real
TP 5063 41211.5 HDG 1.5 3 1.15 weights of profiles may differ by
TP 5064 41212 HDG 2 3 1.45 +/-10% from theoretical weights
as specified.
TP 5065 41212.5 HDG 2.5 3 1.78

Item Number Description Type Material Thickness Length


[mm] [m]
TP 5066 TP Strut 41x41x2mmx2m HDG 41412.00 HDG 2 2

TP 5067 TP Strut 41x41x2mmx2m PG 41412.00 GVZ 2 2

TP 5068 TP STRUT 41x41x2.5mmx2m PG 41412.5 GVZ 2.5 2

TP 5069 TP STRUT 41x21x2mmx2m PG 41212 GVZ 2 2

TP 5070 TP STRUT 41x21x1.5mmx2m HDG 41211.5 HDG 1.5 2

TP 5071 TP Channel 27x18x1.25mmx2m 27181.25 GVZ 1.25 2

TP 5072 TP Strut 41x21x1.5mmx2m PG 41211.5 GVZ 1.5 2

TP 5073 TP Channel 38x40x2mmx2m 38402.00 GVZ 2 2

199
TP STC STRUT CHANNELS

STRUT Channel 41217 STRUT Channel 41417

STRUT Channel 41627 STRUT Channel 4182/837

Channel Perforation Graduation

200
TP STC STRUT CHANNELS

Static Calculation Chart

Weight Moment of inertia cm2 Section modulus cm2


Type
(kg/m) Iy Iz Wy Wz
41 x 21-1.5 1.15 0.78 3.70 0.72 1.80
41 x 41-1.5 1.65 4.46 6.20 2.12 3.00
41 x 21-2.5 1.78 1.01 5.40 0.93 2.61
41 x 41-2.5 2.61 6.26 9.30 2.97 4.50
41 x 62-2.5 3.33 18.03 13.20 5.75 6.39
41 x 82-2.5 4.08 37.31 16.89 9.00 8.18

Maximum Allowable Load of the Construction Channel


Load at 1 point Equal concentrated loads at 2 points
F
L/2 F F
L/3

L
L

Yielding Strength: 240 N/mm2

L 41 x 21 41 x 41 41 x 62 41 x 82 L 41 x 21 41 x 41 41 x 62 41 x 82
(mm) 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm (mm) 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm
250 1.848 2.381 5.427 6.556 7.611 14.730 23.035 250 1.386 1.786 4.070 4.917 5.708 11.048 17.276
300 1.540 1.984 4.523 5.463 6.342 12.275 19.196 300 155 1.488 3.392 4.098 4.757 9.206 14.397
350 1.320 1.701 3.877 4.683 5.436 10.522 16.453 350 990 1.275 2.907 3.512 4.077 7.891 12.340
400 1.155 1.488 3.392 4.098 4.757 9.206 14.397 400 866 1.116 2.544 3.073 3.568 6.905 10.798
450 1.027 1.323 3.015 3.642 4.228 8.183 12.797 450 770 992 2.261 2.732 3.171 6.138 9.598
500 924 1.190 2.714 3.278 3.805 7.365 11.517 500 693 893 2.035 2.459 2.854 5.524 8.638
600 770 992 2.261 2.732 3.171 6.138 9.598 600 578 744 1.696 2.049 2.378 4.603 7.198
700 660 850 1.938 2.341 2.718 5.261 8.227 700 427 552 1.454 1.756 2.039 3.946 6.170
800 557 719 1.696 2.049 2.378 4.603 7.198 800 327 422 1.272 1.537 1.784 3.452 5.399
900 440 568 1.508 1.821 2.114 4.092 6.399 900 258 334 1.131 1.366 1.586 3.069 4.799
1.000 356 460 1.357 1.639 1.903 3.683 5.759 1.000 209 270 1.018 1.229 1.427 2.762 4.319
1.200 247 320 1.131 1.366 1.586 3.069 4.799 1.200 145 188 829 993 1.163 2.302 3.599
1.400 182 235 969 1.171 1.359 2.630 4.113 1.400 107 138 609 730 854 1.973 3.085
1.600 139 180 794 952 1.114 2.302 3.559 1.600 82 106 466 559 654 1.726 2.699
1.800 110 142 628 752 881 2.046 3.199 1.800 65 83 368 442 517 1.489 2.399
2.000 89 115 508 609 713 1.841 2.879 2.000 52 68 298 358 419 1.206 2.160
2.250 70 91 402 481 564 1.624 2.559 2.250 41 53 236 283 331 953 1.920
2.500 57 74 325 390 456 1.315 2.303 2.500 33 43 191 229 268 772 1.598
2.750 47 61 269 322 377 1.087 2.094 2.750 28 36 158 189 221 638 1.320
3.000 40 51 226 271 317 913 1.890 3.000 23 30 133 159 186 536 1.109
3.250 34 44 193 231 270 778 1.611 3.250 20 26 113 135 159 457 945
3.500 29 38 166 199 233 671 1.389 3.500 17 22 97 117 137 394 815
3.750 25 33 145 173 203 584 1.210 3.750 15 19 85 102 119 343 710
4.000 22 29 127 152 178 514 1.063 4.000 13 17 75 89 105 302 624
4.250 20 25 113 135 158 455 942 4.250 12 15 66 79 93 267 553
4.500 18 23 100 120 141 406 840 4.500 10 13 59 71 83 238 493
4.750 16 20 90 108 126 364 754 4.750 - 12 53 63 74 214 443
5.000 14 18 81 97 114 329 680 5.000 - 11 48 57 67 193 399
5.250 13 17 74 88 104 298 617 5.250 - - 43 52 61 175 362
5.500 12 15 67 81 94 272 562 5.500 - - 39 47 55 159 330
5.750 11 14 62 74 86 249 515 5.750 - - 36 43 51 146 302
6.000 - 13 56 68 79 228 473 6.000 - - 33 40 47 134 277

201
TP STC STRUT CHANNELS

Maximum Allowable Load of the Construction Channel

Equal concentrated loads at 3 points Uniform load

F F F
L/4

L 41 x 21 41 x 41 41 x 62 41 x 82 L 41 x 21 41 x 41 41 x 62 41 x 82
(mm) 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm (mm) 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm
250 924 1.190 2.714 3.278 3.805 7.365 11.517 250 3.697 4.762 10.854 13.112 15.222 29.460 46.070
300 770 992 2.261 2.732 3.171 6.138 9.598 300 3.081 3.968 9.045 10.927 12.685 24.550 38.391
350 660 850 1.938 2.341 2.718 5.261 8.227 350 2.640 3.401 7.753 9.366 10.873 21.043 32.907
400 578 744 1.696 2.049 2.378 4.603 7.198 400 2.310 2.976 6.784 8.195 9.514 18.413 28.794
450 513 661 1.508 1.821 2.114 4.092 6.399 450 2.054 2.645 6.030 7.285 8.457 16.367 25.594
500 462 595 1.357 1.639 1.903 3.683 5.759 500 1.848 2.381 5.427 6.556 7.611 14.730 23.035
600 385 496 1.131 1.366 1.586 3.069 4.799 600 1.540 1.984 4.523 5.463 6.342 12.275 19.196
700 306 396 969 1.171 1.359 2.630 4.113 700 1.163 1.503 3.877 4.683 5.436 10.522 16.453
800 234 303 848 1.024 1.189 2.302 3.599 800 891 1.151 3.392 4.098 4.757 9.206 14.397
900 185 239 754 911 1.057 2.046 3.199 900 704 909 3.015 3.642 4.228 8.183 12.797
1.000 150 194 678 820 951 1.841 2.879 1.000 570 737 2.714 3.278 3.805 7.365 11.517
1.200 104 135 565 683 793 1.534 2.399 1.200 396 512 2.260 2.708 3.170 6.138 9.598
1.400 77 99 437 524 613 1.315 2.057 1.400 291 376 1.660 1.989 2.329 5.261 8.227
1.600 59 76 335 401 469 1.151 1.800 1.600 223 288 1.271 1.523 1.783 4.603 7.198
1.800 46 60 264 317 371 1.023 1.600 1.800 176 227 1.004 1.204 1.409 4.059 6.399
2.000 38 48 214 257 300 865 1.440 2.000 143 184 814 975 1.141 3.288 5.759
2.250 30 38 169 203 237 684 1.280 2.250 113 146 643 770 902 2.598 5.119
2.500 24 31 137 164 192 554 1.146 2.500 91 118 521 624 730 2.104 4.355
2.750 20 26 113 136 159 458 947 2.750 75 97 430 516 604 1.739 3.599
3.000 17 22 95 114 133 385 796 3.000 63 82 362 433 507 1.461 3.024
3.250 14 18 81 97 114 328 678 3.250 54 70 308 369 432 1.245 2.577
3.500 12 16 70 84 98 283 585 3.500 47 60 266 318 373 1.074 2.222
3.750 11 14 61 73 85 246 509 3.750 41 52 231 277 325 935 1.936
4.000 - 12 54 64 75 216 448 4.000 36 46 203 244 285 822 1.701
4.250 - 11 47 57 67 192 397 4.250 32 41 180 216 253 728 1.507
4.500 - - 42 51 59 171 354 4.500 28 36 161 193 225 649 1.344
4.750 - - 38 45 53 153 317 4.750 25 33 144 173 202 583 1.206
5.000 - - 34 41 48 138 287 5.000 23 29 130 156 183 526 1.089
5.250 - - 31 37 44 126 260 5.250 21 27 118 141 166 477 988
5.500 - - 28 34 40 114 237 5.500 19 24 108 129 151 435 900
5.750 - - 26 31 36 105 217 5.750 17 22 98 118 138 398 823
6.000 - - 24 29 33 96 199 6.000 16 20 90 108 127 365 756

Maximum force (N) at one point.


Values indicated in charts refer only to construction channel strength.
Maximal allowable load of remaining construction elements should be verified separately.

202
TP STC STRUT CHANNELS

STRUT Channel 41217 STRUT Channel 41417

STRUT Channel 41627 STRUT Channel 4182/837

Strut 41/82-7 is available as a double strut: 41/41*D

Channel Perforation

203
TP STC STRUT CHANNELS

Static Calculation Chart

Type Weight Moment of inertia (cm4) Section modulus (cm3)

(kg/m) ly lz Wy Wz
41-21-2.00 1.45 0.92 4.39 0.85 2.13
41-41-2.00 2.09 5.3 7.33 2.54 3.55

Maximum Allowable Load of the Construction Channel

Load at 1 point
F
L/2

L 41 x 21 41 x 41
(mm) 2.00 mm 2.00 mm
250 2.53 7.08

500 1.27 3.56

750 0.82 2.37

1,000 0.45 1.77

1,250 0.28 1.41

1,500 0.19 1.17

1,750 0.14 0.86

2,000 0.10 0.65

2,250 0.07 0.51

2,750 0.05 0.40

3,000 0.04 0.32

The above tables are for regular and typical applications. For further complicated applications and better selections
of struts, please contact our technical team.

Maximum force at F (kN), deflection value F (mm), max L/200.


Values indicated in charts refer only to construction channel strength.
Maximal allowable load of remaining construction elements should be verified separately.

204
TP SPRING NUT & TP CHANNEL NUT WITH TEETH TP SN & TP CN & TP CNT

Application
It is used for easy and safe fixing of various fasteners
to G Channels.
Serration offers bigger grip and horizontal resistance,
and can be considered for seismic design cases.

Installation and Recommended Loads

Item M H
Description Coating Qty/box
Number (mm) (mm)
TP 4393 TP SN 8 D Delta Protect 8 6 100
TP 4394 TP SN 10 D Delta Protect 10 6 100
TP 4395 TP SN 12 D Delta Protect 12 6 100

TP 4060 TP SN 8 G Galvanized 8 6 100


TP 4061 TP SN 10 G Galvanized 10 6 100
TP 4062 TP SN 12 G Galvanized 12 8 100

TP 4063 TP SN 8 H HDG 8 6 100


TP 4064 TP SN 10 H HDG 10 6 100
TP 4065 TP SN 12 H HDG 12 6 100

TP CNTP CHANNEL NUT WITH TEETH

Item Dimensions Qty/


Description Coating Thread M
Number AxLxg box
TP 4067 TP CN M8 Strut Nut with Teeth Galvanized M8 20x34x6 50
TP 4068 TP CN M10 Strut Nut with Teeth Galvanized M10 20x34x6 50
TP 4069 TP CN M12 Strut Nut with Teeth Galvanized M12 20x34x6 50
TP 4070 TP CN M16 Strut Nut with Teeth Galvanized M16 20x34x6 50

TP CNT-TP Top Spring Channel Nut

Item
TP Code Description Size Material
Number
TP 4722 TP CNT Top Spring Channel Nut M8 GVZ
TP 4723 TP CNT Top Spring Channel Nut M10 GVZ
TP 4724 TP CNT Top Spring Channel Nut M12 GVZ
TP 4725 TP CNT Top Spring Channel Nut M8 HDG
TP 4726 TP CNT Top Spring Channel Nut M10 HDG
TP 4727 TP CNT Top spring channel nut M12 HDG

205
TP CHANNELS WITH A FOOT

1 TP Channel Type 30x16 with Foot TP CF 16


Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zinc-plating
(fire zinc-plating is also available on request).

Table 1: C Channel with Foot (30x16x2mm)

Item Number Description Length

TP 5074 TP CF 16208 208

TP 5075 TP CF 16260 260

TP 5076 TP CF 16312 312

TP 5077 TP CF 16416 416

TP 5078 TP CF 16520 520

2 TP Strut Type 21 with Foot TP GF 21


Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zinc-plating
(fire zinc-plating is also available on request).

206
TP CHANNELS WITH A FOOT

Table 2: Strut with foot (41x21x2mm)

Item Number Description Length

TP 5087 TP GF 21240 240

TP 5088 TP GF 21320 320

TP 5089 TP GF 21400 400

TP 5090 TP GF 21480 480

TP 5091 TP GF 21560 560

TP 5092 TP GF 21800 800

TP 5093 TP GF 211040 1040

3 TP Strut Type 41 with Foot TP GF 41


Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zinc-plating
(fire zinc-plating is also available on request).

Table 3: Strut with Foot (41x41x2.5mm)

Item Number Description Length

TP 5094 TP GF 41240 240

TP 5095 TP GF 41320 320

TP 5096 TP GF 41480 480

TP 5097 TP GF 41560 560

TP 5098 TP GF 41800 800

TP 5099 TP GF 411040 1040

207
TP CHANNELS WITH A FOOT

4 TP Strut Type 41D with Foot TP GDF 41

Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zinc-plating


(fire zinc-plating is also available on request).

Table 4: Strut with Foot (41x82x2.5mm)

Item Number Description Length

TP 5100 TP GF 41D240 240

TP 5101 TP GF 41D320 320

TP 5102 TP GF 41D480 480

TP 5103 TP GF 41D560 560

TP 5104 TP GF 41D800 800

TP 5105 TP GF 41D1040 1040

5 TP Reinforcing Bracket TP SRB


Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zinc-plating.
Application: reinforcing steel constructions supported
on channels with a foot.

Item Number Description B [mm] H [mm]

TP 5106 TP SRB290/320 290 320

TP 5107 TP SRB530/560 530 560

208
TP CHANNELS WITH A FOOT

6 TP Channel Type 30x30 with foot TP CF 30

Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zinc-plating


(fire zinc-plating is also available on request).

Table 6: C Channel with Foot (30x30x2mm)

Item Number Description Length

TP 5079 TP CF 30150 150

TP 5080 TP CF 30250 250

TP 5081 TP CF 30350 350

TP 5082 TP CF 30450 450

TP 5083 TP CF 30550 550

TP 5084 TP CF 30650 650

TP 5085 TP CF 30750 750

TP 5086 TP CF 301000 1000

209
TP CHANNEL ACCESSORIES TP CB Corner Bracket

TYPE A Installation Operation

Multi-purpose hanging and fixing element


There are different assembly possibilities, either can be used single or double and with U.C and L channels
Provides easy and fast assembly
Can easily be used on ceiling, walls, and channels
Electro-galvanized against corrosion protection
(Plating thickness 8-10 micron)
Available as well in HDG; hot dipped galvanized

TYPE B Installation Operation

Item Number Description Size Type Qty/box


TP 5796 TP CB Corner Bracket Galv. 200x200x4 A 15

TP 5797 TP CB Corner Bracket Galv. 200x200x4 B 15


TP 5798 TP CB Corner Bracket HDG 200x200x4 A 15
TP 5799 TP CB Corner Bracket HDG 200x200x4 B 15

Designed for the channel

C Channel Strut
TP Item Number TP 5794 TP 5795

Mass (Kg) 0.45 1.25

Dimensions [mm]
TYPE C
A 110 145

Application: for all assembly installations. B 208 325

Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zinc-plating E 11 13


(fire zinc-plating is also available on request). S 3 14

210
TP CHANNEL ACCESSORIES TP CB Corner Bracket

Safe Working Loads for Corner Bracket

1 Equal Sided Corner Bracket

2 Equal Sided Corner Bracket Mounted in Pairs

3 Equal Sided Corner Bracket in Pairs Supported by Channel Profile 38/40

4 Equal Sided Corner Bracket Supported By Channel Profile 38/40

The values given above are calculated for


allowable stress on the steel em.=100Nmm2
and the maximum deflection L/150.

211
TP CHANNEL ACCESSORIES TP SIF Saddle Installation Foot

Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zinc-plating


(fire zinc-plating is also available on request).

A set consists of:


- The foot
- A threaded flat
- Two round washers
- Two hexagonal bolts with a full thread

Designed for the channel

C Channel Strut C High Duty Strut High Duty


Channel
Designation
SIF 30 SIF 41 SIF 60 SIF 82
of the order

TP Code TP 5790 TP 5791 TP 5792 TP 5793

Quantity 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10

Mass [kg] 0.53 1.19 1.22 1.7

Dimensions [mm]
A 31 42 51 51

B 3 4 4 4

C 70 110 110 150

D 100 150 150 150

H 45 60 70 70

I 112 160 160 200

K 11 14 14 14

M M10 M12 M12 M12

S 6 8 8 8

212
TP CHANNEL ACCESSORIES TP Connecting Plates TP CP

Item For the Mass For Channel Type C For Channel Type G For Channel Type High G Application
Description
Number channel [kg]
TP 4664 TP CP C90 C 0.1

TP 4665 TP CP G90 G 0.32

TP 4666 TP CP HG90 High G 0.32

Item For the Mass


Description
Number channel [kg]
TP 4667 TP CP 135 G 0.32

TP 4668 TP CP HG135 High G 0.32

Item For the Mass


Description
Number channel [kg]
TP 4669 TP CP C10 C 0.08

TP 4670 TP CP HG10 High G 0.3

Item For the Mass


Description
Number channel [kg]
TP 4671 TP CP C11 C 0.09

TP 4672 TP CP HG11 High G 0.3

Item For the Mass


Description
Number channel [kg]
TP 4673 TP CP C12 C 0.09

TP 4674 TP CP HG12 High G 0.3

Item For the Mass


Description
Number channel [kg]
TP 4675 TP CP C13 C 0.06

TP 4676 TP CP HG13 High G 0.22

213
TP CHANNEL ACCESSORIES TP Strut Flat Coupling -TP SFC

Description
TP SFC TP flat coupling is a mandatory component of
professional LDBST profile suspension systems.
It is made of galvanized steel.

Dimensions

Code: TP 4700
TP SFC: 45-41-4

214
TP CHANNEL ACCESSORIES TP Strut Flat Coupling -TP SFC

Code: TP 4701
TP SFC: 90-41-3

215
TP Fixpoint Supporting System TP FPC Fixed Point Pipe Clamps

Application: For overtaking loads related to pipeline extensions


and driving these extensions in the desired direction.
Fixed points enable dividing the installations into sections subjected
to individual extensions.
Closure: doublesided screw closure with a metric thread
(hexagonal bolt with a nut).
Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zincplating
(fire zincplating also available on request).

Fixture Clamp
Connection Mounting Mass
Range Dimension
Item Number Description Screws
Height axs I M2
d [mm] Size M [kg]
h [mm] [mm] [mm]
TP 4629 TP FPC151 1/4 2022 1 1/4 23.0 90x6.0 124 M16 1.50

TP 4630 TP FPC201 1/4 2527 1 1/4 23.0 90x6.0 132 M16 1.69

TP 4631 TP FPC251 1/4 3335 1 1/4 23.0 90x6.0 139 M16 1.78

TP 4632 TP FPC321 1/4 4245 1 1/4 23.0 90x6.0 148 M16 1.87

TP 4633 TP FPC401 1/4 4750 1 1/4 23.0 90x6.0 154 M16 1.98

TP 4634 TP FPC501 1/4 5761 1 1/4 23.0 90x6.0 165 M16 2.08

TP 4635 TP FPC68/721 1/4 6872 1 1/4 23.0 90x6.0 175 M16 2.66

TP 4636 TP FPC651 1/4 7579 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 191 M16 2.96

TP 4637 TP FPC801 1/4 8690 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 204 M16 3.22

TP 4638 TP FPC1101 1/4 109115 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 225 M16 3.52

TP 4639 TP FPC125/1271 1/4* 134140 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 243 M16 3.78

TP 4640 TP FPC1251 1/4 133140 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 253 M16 4.02

TP 4641 TP FPC1501 1/4 158162 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 279 M16 4.33

TP 4642 TP FPC1601 1/4* 165170 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 276 M16 4.53

TP 4643 TP FPC2001 1/4 214219 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 336 M16 5.36

TP 4644 TP FPC2501 1/4* 267273 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 390 M16 6.35

TP 4645 TP FPC3001 1/4* 320325 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 442 M16 7.37

TP 4646 TP FPC3501 1/4* 352357 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 476 M16 7.96

TP 4647 TP FPC4001 1/4* 403408 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 542 M16 9.02

TP 4648 TP FPC4501 1/4* 453458 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 592 M16 9.90

TP 4649 TP FPC5001 1/4* 504509 1 1/4 23.0 90x8.0 644 M16 10.81

Clamps with 3/4*, 1, M20 connection are also available on request * For a special order

216
TP FIXPOINT SUPPORTING SYSTEM TP Fixed Point Plate TP FPE / TP FPT

TP FPE Application: for installation of fixed points directly


on the floor and on assemblies made of channels.

Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zincplating


(fire zinc-plating is also available on request).

Mass
Item Number Description Thread
[kg]
TP 4650 TP FPE 1/2 1/2 0.45

TP 4651 TP FPE 3/4 3/4 0.46

TP 4652 TP FPE 1 1 0.47

TP 4653 TP FPE 1 1/4 1 1/4 0.52

TP 4654 TP FPE M20 M20 0.47

TP FPT
Application: for installation of fixed points directly
on the floor and on assemblies made of channels.

Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zincplating


(fire zinc-plating is also available on request).

Mass
Item Number Description Thread
[kg]
TP 4655 TP FPT 1/2 1/2 0.2

TP 4656 TP FPT 3/4 3/4 0.21

TP 4657 TP FPT 1 1 0.2

TP 4658 TP FPT 1 1/4 1 1/4 0.22

TP 4659 TP FPT M20 M20 0.23

TP HTR Hollow Application: Joining a fixed point plate with a fixed


Threaded Row point pipe clamp.

Anti-corrosion protection: galvanic zincplating.

Thread Length Mass


Item Number Description
d L [mm] [kg]
TP 4660 TP HTR 1/2 1/2 1000 1.45

TP 4661 TP HTR 3/4 3/4 1000 1.8

TP 4662 TP HTR 1 1 1000 2.38

TP 4663 TP HTR 1 1/4 1 1/4 1000 2.76

217
TP FIXPOINT SUPPORTING SYSTEM TP Adjustable Anchor Bracket / TP AAB

Band Max Load Torque


Pipe Size Band Qty Finish
Material (kN) Settings
15cu 25x3 2 Black Powder Coat 2.0 40 nm

15nb/22cu 25x3 2 Black Powder Coat 2.0 40 nm


20nb/28cu 25x3 2 Black Powder Coat 2.0 40 nm
25nb/35cu 25x3 2 Black Powder Coat 2.0 40 nm
32nb/42cu 30x3 2 Black Powder Coat 2.0 60 nm
54cu 30x3 2 Black Powder Coat 2.0 60 nm

15cu 25x3 3 Black Powder Coat 3.0 40 nm


15nb/22cu 25x3 3 Black Powder Coat 3.0 40 nm
20nb/28cu 25x3 3 Black Powder Coat 3.0 40 nm
25nb/35cu 25x3 3 Black Powder Coat 3.0 40 nm
32nb/42cu 30x3 3 Black Powder Coat 6.5 60 nm
54cu 30x3 3 Black Powder Coat 6.5 60 nm
67cu 30x3 3 Black Powder Coat 6.5 60 nm
76cu 30x3 3 Black Powder Coat 6.5 60 nm
108cu 40x3 3 Black Powder Coat 8.0 60 nm
133cu 40x3 3 Black Powder Coat 8.0 60 nm

159cu 40x3 3 Black Powder Coat 8.0 60 nm

50nb 30x3 3 BZP 6.5 60 nm


65nb 30x3 3 BZP 6.5 60 nm
80nb 30x3 3 BZP 6.5 60 nm
100nb 40x3 3 BZP 8.0 60 nm

125nb 40x3 3 BZP 8.0 60 nm

150nb 40x3 3 BZP 8.0 60 nm

218
TP FIXPOINT SUPPORTING SYSTEM TP Adjustable Anchor Bracket / TP AAB

TP AAB - ADJUSTABLE ANCHOR BRACKET


For Steel, Copper & Stainless Steel Pipes

The TP AAB Adjustable Anchor Bracket banks either 2 or 3 split bands on a set of steel cleat that
can be adjusted for height and fall.
As a standard up to 54mm od bands will be powder coated, with larger sizes BZP for steel pipes
or powder coated for copper and stainless steel.
Other band combinations are available upon request including brass, stainless steel and thicker
profile steel bands.
TEAM PRO recommends the use of STOPS to prevent the pipe from slipping through anchor
brackets. The maximum load indicated is based on the maximum capability for the anchor without
stops fitted.

Construction
Mild steel BZP finish
high tensile BZP set screws

For Use With


Copper, steel & stainless steel pipes

Special Features
Adjustable height & angle to
facilitate fall in pipework.

219
TP Expansion Products TP LFG / TP MSG / TP BH

TP LFGTP LOW FRICTION GUIDES

Construction For Use With Special Features


Mild Steel BZP finish Unlined & rubber-lined Dual & triple bosses
low friction slide insert clips bossed split bands lockable for transport
on larger sizes

Type Internal Thread External Thread Max Travel SWL


LF1 M8/M10 N/A 65 mm 0.5 kN

LF2 M10 M16 90 mm 2.0 kN


LF3-1 M10/M12 1/2 120 mm 6.0 kN
LF3-2 M10/M12 1/2 135 mm 6.0 kN

TP MSGTP MODULAR SLIDE GUIDE ASSEMBLY (MS1&MS2 )

Construction
Mild Steel
BZP Finish

For Use With


Unlined & rubber-lined
brackets to create a guided system

220
TP EXPANSION PRODUCTS TP LFG / TP MSG / TP BH

Type Internal Thread Max Travel SWL


MS1 M10 50 mm 0.25 kN

MS2 M8/M10 50 mm 0.25 kN

TP BHBALL HANGER

Construction
Mild Steel
BZP Finish

For Use With


Unlined & lined clip range & hanging
brackets to reduce drop rod lateral loads

Size Movement SWL


M8 +/-50 0.15 kN

M10 +/-50 0.20 kN


M12 +/-50 0.25 kN

221
THREADED RODS Threaded Rods Mechanical Properties

Features and Benefits


According to DIN 975 Zinc-plated
Material: steel Tested for fire safety

Mechanical Characteristics of Anchor Rod

Anchor type M8 M10 M12 M14


gvz A4 C gvz A4 C gvz A4 C gvz A4 C
4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9
Stressed cross sectional area As [mm2] 36.6 58.0 84.3 115.0
anchor rod
Section modolus W [mm3] 31.2 62.3 109.2 173.9

Design value of bending moment M0 Rd.S [Nm] 15.2 24.0 28.1 16.7 20.8 29.6 48.0 56.1 33.3 41.6 52.0 84.0 98.0 59.0 73.6 83.2 133.6 156.7 93.6 116.8

Yield strength anchor rod fyk [N/mm2] 320 400 640 900 450 560 320 400 640 900 450 560 320 400 640 900 450 560 320 400 640 900 450 560

Tension strengh anchor rod fuk [N/mm2] 400 500 800 1000 700 700 400 500 800 1000 700 700 400 500 800 1000 700 700 400 500 800 1000 700 700

Anchor type M16 M20 M22 M24


gvz A4 C gvz A4 C gvz A4 C gvz A4 C
4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9
Stressed cross sectional area [mm2]
As 157.0 245.0 303 353.0
anchor rod
Section modolus W [mm3] 277.5 540.9 743.9 935.5
Design value of bending moment M0 Rd.S [Nm] 132.8 212.8 249.3 148.7 185.6 259.2 415.2 486.7 291.0 363.2 357.6 572.8 669.3 401.3 500.8 448.0 716.8 841.3 502.6 627.2

Yield strength anchor rod fyk [N/mm2] 320 400 640 900 450 560 320 400 640 900 450 560 320 400 640 900 450 560 320 400 640 900 450 560

Tension strengh anchor rod fuk [N/mm2] 400 500 800 1000 700 700 400 500 800 1000 700 700 400 500 800 1000 700 700 400 500 800 1000 700 700

Anchor type M27 M30 M36 M39 M42


gvz A4 C gvz A4 C gvz gvz gvz
4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 5.8 5.8 5.8
Stressed cross sectional area [mm2]
As 459.0 561.0 817.0 976.0 1121
anchor rod
Section modolus W [mm3] 1387 1874 3294 4301 5294
0
Design value of bending moment M Rd.S
[Nm] 666.4 1066 1248 748.1 933.6 898.4 1438 1687 1008 1258 1581 2069 2551

Yield strength anchor rod fyk [N/mm2] 320 400 640 900 450 560 320 400 640 900 450 560 400 400 400

ension strengh anchor rod fuk [N/mm2] 400 500 800 1000 700 700 400 500 800 1000 700 700 500 500 500

222
TP Steel Accessories Hot Dipped Galvanized

TP Washer - HDG TP Hexagon Nut - HDG TP Hexagon Bolt


(Full Thread) - HDG

Material
- Common Carbon Steel
- Grade 4.6
- Hot dipped Galvanized (min. 45m)

a B d
Item Number Name Description Size Material
(mm) (mm) (mm)

TP 4860 TP W TP Washer M8HDG 8 mm HDG 0.55 4.48 8

TP 4861 TP W TP Washer M10HDG 10 mm HDG 1.1 5.48 10

TP 4862 TP W TP Washer M12HDG 12 mm HDG 1.4 6.62 12

TP 4863 TP W TP Washer M16HDG 16 mm HDG 1.6 8.4 16

Size Material M (mm) I (mm) W (mm)

TP 4864 TP HN TP Hexagon Nut M8HDG 8 mm HDG 8 7 13

TP 4865 TP HN TP Hexagon Nut M10HDG 10 mm HDG 10 8 17

TP 4866 TP HN TP Hexagon Nut M12HDG 12 mm HDG 12 10 19

TP 4867 TP HN TP Hexagon Nut M16HDG 16 mm HDG 16 13 24

Size Material M (mm) L (mm) W (mm)

TP 4868 TP HB TP Hexagon Bolt (Full Thread) M8HDG 8 mm HDG 8 25 13

TP 4869 TP HB TP Hexagon Bolt (Full Thread) M10HDG 10 mm HDG 10 20 17

TP 4870 TP HB TP Hexagon Bolt (Full Thread) M10HDG 10 mm HDG 10 25 25

TP 4871 TP HB TP Hexagon Bolt (Full Thread) M12HDG 12 mm HDG 12 25 19

TP 4872 TP HB TP Hexagon Bolt (Full Thread) M12HDG 12 mm HDG 12 30 19

TP 4873 TP HB TP Hexagon Bolt (Full Thread) M16HDG 16 mm HDG 16 30 24

223
TP Steel Accessories Galvanized

TP Washer - Zinc Plated Properties

Materials: Steel DD11 (material no. 1.0139)


acc. to DIN EN 10111
Zinc Plating: Electro zinc plated, min. 3 m

Thickness External Hole


Item
Description s B A
Number
(mm) (mm) (mm)
TP 4610 TP W 8x17 Zinc Plated 1.6 17 8.4

TP 4611 TP W 8x28 Zinc Plated 2.6 28 8.4

TP 4612 TP W 8x40 Zinc Plated 3 40 8.4

TP 4613 TP W 10x21 Zinc Plated 2 21 10.5

TP 4614 TP W 10x28 Zinc Plated 2 28 10.5

TP 4615 TP W 10x40 Zinc Plated 3 40 10.5

TP 4616 TP W 12x24 Zinc Plated 2.5 24 12.5

TP 4617 TP W 12x40 Zinc Plated 3 40 12.5

TP 4618 TP W 16x30 Zinc Plated 3 30 16.5

TP Hexagonal Wash - Zinc Plated

Properties:
According to DIN 934
Materials: Acc. to DIN EN 20898-2;
min. strength category 04
Zinc Plating: Electro zinc plated, min. 5 m

Thread
Item Width
Description M
Number across nut
(mm)
TP 4619 TP HN M6 Zinc Plated M6 10

TP 4620 TP HN M8 Zinc Plated M8 13

TP 4621 TP HN M10 Zinc Plated M10 17

TP 4622 TP HN M12 Zinc Plated M12 19

TP 4623 TP HN M 16Zinc Plated M16 24

224
TP Beam Clamps TP BC

Properties

For suspending of piping, air ducts and springler


systems from steel constructions and profiles with
threaded rods
No drilling or welding needed
Height adjustments can easily be accomplished
Electro-galvanized against corrosion protection
(Plating thickness 8-10 micron)
Available in hot-dip galvanization

600 3 xxx

225
TP Beam Clamps TP BC

Installation

Permissible Bending
Recommended load
Size Moment
[KN]
[Nm]
M8-M10 3 10

Clamp Thread
Item H B Qty/
Code Size Range-N R G
Number [mm] [mm] Box
[mm] [mm]
TP 4150 TPBC BEAM CLAMP M8 M8 018 35 8 38 M8 25

TP 4149 TPBC BEAM CLAMP M10 M10 019 42 10 44 M10 25

TP 4049 TPBC BEAM CLAMP M12 M12 025 54 12 51 M12 25

226
TP Compounded Rubber Support Insulation RSI

For Steel Pipes 1/2-20( 21.3-508)


for copper pipes OD 16 mm-219 mm

Features

Thermal conductivity of 0.16 w/m0C


Density of 1,300 kg/m3
Dimensional accuracy
Environment friendly
Extreme rigidity
Resistant to deterioration
Non corrosive nature
Low cost of installation and maintenance
Wider load distribution without additional metal sheets
Time saving with groove and tongue arrangement between RSI inserts
Acoustic barrier is maintained with rubber pipe supports for controlling transmission of high frequencies
Ensuring fast and quality pipe installation
Availability of rubber support inserts for all pipe sizes and insulation thickness

Application

Preventing insulation crushing at pipe support points in condenser water,


chilled water, and domestic hot / cold water installation
Used for copper pipes and chilled water pipes

Item Insulation
Description Size ID OD
Number Width
TP 4330 TP RSI *25* 1/2 1/2 25 21.3 71.3

TP 4359 TP RSI *38* 1/2 1/2 38 21.3 97.3

TP 4353 TP RSI *50* 1/2 1/2 50 21.3 121.3

TP 4331 TP RSI *25* 3/4 3/4 25 26.7 76.7

TP 4332 TP RSI *38* 3/4 3/4 38 26.7 102.7

TP 4354 TP RSI *50* 3/4 3/4 50 26.7 126.7

227
TP Compounded Rubber Support Insulation RSI

Item
Description Size Insulation Width ID OD
Number
TP 4333 TP RSI * 25 *1 1 25 33.4 83.4

TP 4334 TP RSI * 38 *1 1 38 33.4 109.4

TP 4355 TP RSI * 50 *1 1 50 33.4 133.4


TP 4335 TP RSI *25* 1 1/4 1 1/4 25 42.1 92.1
TP 4336 TP RSI *38* 1 1/4 1 1/4 38 42.1 118.1
TP 4356 TP RSI *50* 1 1/4 1 1/4 50 42.1 142.1
TP 4337 TP RSI *25* 1 1/2 1 1/2 25 48.2 98.2

TP 4338 TP RSI *38* 1 1/2 1 1/2 38 48.2 124.2

TP 4357 TP RSI *50* 1 1/2 1 1/2 50 48.2 148.2


TP 4339 TP RSI *25* 2 2 25 60.3 110.3
TP 4340 TP RSI *38* 2 2 38 60.3 136.3
TP 4358 TP RSI *50* 2 2 50 60.3 160.3
TP 4280 TP RSI *25* 2 1/2 2 1/2 25 73 123
TP 4281 TP RSI *25* 3 3 25 88.9 138.9

TP 4282 TP RSI *25* 4 4 25 114.3 164.3

TP 4283 TP RSI *25* 5 5 25 141.3 191.3


TP 4094 TP RSI *38* 2 1/2 2 1/2 38 73 149
TP 4341 TP RSI *50*2 1/2 2 1/2 50 73 173
TP 4095 TP RSI *38* 3 3 38 88.9 164.9

TP 4342 TP RSI *50* 3 3 50 88.9 188.9

TP 4096 TP RSI *38* 4 4 38 114.3 190.3

TP 4343 TP RSI *50* 4 4 50 114.3 214.3

TP 4097 TP RSI *38* 5 5 38 141.3 217.3

TP 4344 TP RSI *50* 5 5 50 141.3 241.3

TP 4098 TP RSI *38* 6 6 38 168.3 244.3

TP 4345 TP RSI *50* 6 6 50 168.3 268.3


TP 4099 TP RSI *38* 8 8 38 219.1 295.1
TP 4346 TP RSI *50* 8 8 50 219.1 319.1
TP 4677 TP RSI *38* 10 10 38\ 273 349

TP 4347 TP RSI *50* 10 10 50 273 373

TP 4678 TP RSI *38* 12 12 38 323.8 399.8

TP 4348 TP RSI *50* 12 12 50 323.8 423.8


TP 4679 TP RSI *38* 14 14 38 355.6 431.6
TP 4349 TP RSI *50* 14 14 50 355.6 455.6
TP 4680 TP RSI *38* 16 16 38 406.4 482.4

TP 4350 TP RSI *50* 16 16 50 406.4 506.4

TP 4681 TP RSI *38* 18 18 38 457.2 533.2

TP 4351 TP RSI *50* 18 18 50 457.2 557.2

TP 4682 TP RSI *38* 20 20 38 508 584


TP 4352 TP RSI *50* 20 20 50 508 608

228
TP CELLULAR GLASS INSULATION

Description

TP cellular glass or foamed glass is lightweight, rigid Inorganic


Insulation made of pure glass material with no additives or fillers.
Cellular glass is composed of 100% closed-cell content, so it has
excellent impermeable, non-absorbent properties that make it
resistant to water, other liquids, hydrocarbons and chemical vapors.
It is widely used for cold/hot insulation for storage tanks and over-
and underground pipe lines.

Features
Moisture resistant
Zero permeability
No aging for insulation values
100% glass/no binder
Flame spread : zero/smoke developed
High compressive strength
Wide temperature service range -260 to 480
Dimensionally stable
Non-combustible
Density 120 to 160 kg/m3
Rigid, lightweight material
Linear coefficient of 9.0 x 10-6/K 25C to 300C
Thermal expansion: 5.0 x 10-6/F 75F to 575F

Performance Compliance Data

ASTM C585-90 (2004) Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid
Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing.

ASTM C450 Standard Practice for Fabrication of Thermal Insulating Fitting


Covers for NPS Piping, and Vessel Lagging.

Applications

Chilled or Hot Water Supplying Piping


Hot Oil Piping
Cold Process Pipes
Underground Steam Distribution
Cold Process Pipes and Equipment
Building Energy-saving and Insulation

229
TP CELLULAR GLASS INSULATION

Standard Sizes and Grades

Block size (mm)


Thickness: 25152
Length: 200610
Pipe diameter: 15500

Compressive
Density Thermal conductivity
Item Number Grades Strength
Kg/m3 W / (mK) Mpa
TP 4683 TP CGIA 120 120 0.043 0.8

TP 4684 TP CGIA 130 130 0.047 1

TP 4685 TP CGIA 140 140 0.048 1.2

TP 4686 TP CGIA 150 150 0.049 1.4

TP 4687 TP CGIA 160 160 0.051 1.6

Items can be advised only against specific inquiries like:


Diameter of pipe section, thickness, and length of the insulation insert.

230
TP Calcium Silicate Insulation

Description

TP Calcium silicate slabs, pipe sections and boards


are high-efficient energy-saving materials.
Characterized by low bulk density, high specific
strength, superior heat resistance, outstanding
thermal insulation, excellent durability, chemical
corrosion resistance, easy to be cut by saw and
easy installation.

Features

Low thermal conductivity


Good thermal stability
Low heat storage
High mechanical strength
Long service life
Safe and clean operation (Free from asbestos,
sulphur, chloride, and no toxic carcinogen)
Gas resistance (CO, NH3,H2 and CH4)
Easy cut and installation
Density 220 to 260 Kg/m3

Performance Compliance Data

ASTM C58590 (2004) Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation
for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing.

ASTM C450 Standard Practice for Fabrication of Thermal Insulating Fiting Covers for NPS Piping,
and Vessel Lagging.

Applications

Petrochemical industry: splitting furnace, catalytic cracking furnace, petroleum pipeline,


underground heat-flooding
Metallurgical industry (steel plant): hot-rolling heat furnace, cool-rolling mill set, RH vacuum degassing
furnace, smelters, hot deformation and heat treatment plants
Power plant: preheat stove, pipe
Ceramic industry: chamber and tunnel furnace
Building Energy-saving and Insulation

231
TP Calcium Silicate Insulation

Standard Sizes and Grades

Block size (mm)


Thickness: 25152
Length: 200610
Pipe diameter: 15500

TP CASI ASTM
Physical Properties Unit TP CASI 17 TP CASI 23 TP CASI T2 Type 1 Type 2

Bulk Density Kg/m3 175 230 230-240 230 240

(5%) (5%) (5%)

Flexural Strength (kN/m) 310 400 400 310 310

Thermal Conductivity
W/mk 0.062 0.068 0.071 0.079 0.095
(mean temp 200C)

Temp. Limit C 650 650 1000 649 871

Linear Shrinkage % 2 2 2.25 2 2.5

Maximum Temperature, 24 hrs (650C) (650C) (1000C) (649C) (871C)

Items can be advised only against specific inquiries like:


Diameter of pipe section, thickness, and length of the insulation insert.

232
FIRESTOP PRODUCTS

233
TP FS-GP General Purpose Sealant
Firestopping Sealant

1. Product Description TP FS-GP Features ASTM E 90-99,


723 Tunnel Test
TP FS-GP is a one-component,
Water-Based Flame Spread 10
general purpose fire rated sealant
and smoke seal for construction Excellent Freeze-Thaw
Smoke Index 0
joints and through- penetrations. Flexible Set
TP FS-GP General Purpose Sealant Paintable Sound Transmission
is a water-based, non-sag caulking VOC Compliant Class
grade sealant that is easy to apply Safe and Easy to Use STC Rating 51*
as well as to retrofit. It cures to an
Minimum 3-Year Shelf Life
elastomeric seal that is suitable *Tested in a UL 411 wall assembly/section
where dynamic movement is Intumescent to ASTM E90.
expected.
In the event of a fire, TP FS-GP
will prevent the spread of flames, 2. Material Properties 3. Applications
smoke, hot gases and water
through joint openings and through Asbestos None TP FS-GP can be used in interior
penetrations. Fillers applications as a general purpose
No dilution or mixing is required fire-rated sealant and smoke seal for
Solvents None
for use. construction joints on both vertical
No special skills are necessary Hazardous None and horizontal surfaces.
for installation. Ingredients TP FS-GP is also an excellent
TP FS-GP is applied with a fire rated acoustical sealant and can
Application Caulking
conventional caulking gun, be used in areas under constant
Gun or Trowel
bulk loading gun or can be vibration or movement.
troweled from the pail. Color Red TP FS-GP can also be used on various
For large applications, it can be penetrations such as EMT, telephone
Cure Time 3 to 4 weeks
pumped directly from the pail. (at 77F/ 25C) and power cables in concrete floors
TP FS-GP systems are rated and walls, gypsum walls as well as
for 1 and 2 hours in accordance Density 12.5 +/- 0.5
wood floors.
with ASTM E814 (UL 1479) and lbs./gal.
Use TP FS-GP to prevent the spread
ASTM E1966 (UL 2079) Elastomeric Yes of fire and smoke through joints in
test standards. fire-rated gypsum wallboard
Freeze-Thaw Excellent
partitions, concrete block or concrete
TP FS-GP is protected in a wet
Skin Over 30 min. walls and/or concrete or corrugated
stage as well as in a dry stage
Time (at 77 F/25C) steel deck floor/ceiling assemblies.
against mold growth with
a combination of biocides. pH Value 7 to 8

Use TP FS-GP for various


applications: Volume Coverage 4. Installation Data
For 10.3 oz. 18 cu. in.
Top of the Wall Construction Joints Install TP FS-GP using standard
tube (304 ml) (295 cm3)
Deflection Track Wall Systems caulking techniques or trowel
Up to 2 (51 mm)PVC/CPVC & ABS For 5 gallons 1155 cu. in. from pails.
(Closed) Steel, Copper, Cast Iron and (18.9 L) (18,927 cm3) TP FS-GP may also be pumped from
EMT Pipe Telephone, the pails. When damming materials
VOC Negligible
Communication and Power Cables are needed, use only materials
approved for the specific application.
For a complete list of product
applications or for additional
technical information,
call TEAM PRO for the
latest information.

234
TP FS-GP General Purpose Sealant

Typical Gypsum Wallboard 7. Availability 9. Cautions


Installation
TP FS-GP is available in 10.3 oz. STORAGE AND HANDLING:
Step 1: (304 ml) and 30 oz. (887 ml) Store away from heat sources.
Cut opening in wall. caulking tubes, 20.2 oz. (597 ml) Keep container closed.
sausage packs and in 5 gallon Do not reuse empty container.
Step 2: (18.9 L) pails.
Clean penetration opening and KEEP OUT OF REACH
surfaces from loose debris, dirt, OF CHILDREN.
oil and wax. 8. Limitations
Step 3: TP FS-GP is not designed to be used
If required, install sleeve or wire in areas under continuous immersion
mesh and backing material. or in areas that would be
continuously wet.
Step 4: It should not be used against hot
Gun the sealant as required to the uninsulated surfaces above 300F.
specified depth. Trowel surface flush
with wall.
(Application designs vary, please
contact TEAM PRO for exact details.)
Consult UL Directory for complete
instructions and system listings.

5. Testing Data
For specific test criteria, refer to
UL Fire Resistance Directory or call
TEAM PRO.

TP FS-GP was tested at positive


pressure with a minimum 0.01
(2.5 Pa) inches water and in
accordance with ASTM E814 (UL
1479) and ASTM E1966 (UL 2079).

6. Storage & Handling


TP FS-GP should be stored between
35F (2C) and 120F (49 C) to
obtain a minimum 3-year shelf life.

NOTE: Do not dilute; no mixing


is required. Best if protected from
freezing. If freezing occurs, thaw
completely before using. Keep
products stored under protective
cover in original containers.

235
TP FS-IS Intumescent Sealant
Firestopping Sealant

1. Product Description TP FS-IS Features ASTM E 90-99,


723 Tunnel Test
TP FS-IS is a one-component, Water-Based
general purpose fire rated sealant and Excellent Freeze-Thaw Flame Spread 5
smoke seal for construction joints Flexible Set Smoke Index 10
and through-penetrations.
Highly Intumescent Sound Transimission
TP FS-IS is a water-based, extremely
intumescent, non-sag caulking Paintable Class
grade sealant that is easy to apply VOC Compliant STC Rating 62*
as well as to retrofit. It cures to an Safe and Easy to Use
elastomeric seal that is suitable Minimum 3-Year Shelf Life *Tested in a UL 411 wall assembly/section
where dynamic movement to ASTM E90.
isexpected.
In the event of a fire, TP FS-IS 2. Material Properties
will prevent the spread of flames, 3. Applications
smoke, hot gases and water through
Asbestos None
joint openings and through TP FS-IS can be used in interior
Fillers
penetrations. No dilution or mixing applications as a general purpose
is required for use. No special skills Solvents None fire-rated sealant and smoke seal for
are necessary for installation. TP Hazardous None construction joints on both vertical
FS-IS is applied with a conventional Ingredients and horizontal surfaces.
caulking gun, bulk loading gun or TP FS-IS is also an excellent
can be troweled from the pail. For Application Caulking
Gun or Trowel fire-rated acoustical sealant and can
large applications, it can be pumped be used in areas under constant
directly from the pail. TP FS-IS Activation of Intumescence vibration or movement.
systems are rated for 1, 2, 3 and 4 TP FS-IS can also be used on
hours in accordance with the ASTM Expansion 375 F (190C) various penetrations such as EMT,
E814 (UL1479) and UL 2079 test Begins telephone and power cables,
standards. Expansion 575 (302) to insulated pipes, etc. in concrete
Greatest 1100 F(593 C) floors and walls , gypsum walls as
TP FS-IS is protected in a wet well as wood floors. Use TP FS-IS to
stage as well as in a dry stage Color Red
prevent the spread of fire and smoke
against mold growth with a Cure Time 3 to 4 through joints in fire-rated
combination of biocides. (at 77F/ 25C) gypsum wallboard partitions,
Density 10.5 +/- 0.5 concrete block or concrete walls
Use TP FS-IS intumescent sealant
lbs./gal. and/or concrete or corrugated steel
for various applications:
1.25 kg/L deck floor/ceiling assemblies.
Top of the Wall Construction Joints
Deflection Track Wall Systems Elastomeric Yes
Up to 2 (51 mm) PVC\CPVC (Open) Freeze-Thaw Excellent
Up to 3 (76 mm)PVC\CPVC & ABS 4. Installation Data
(Closed) Crosslinked Polyethylene Skin Over 30 min.
(PEX) tubing Steel, Copper, Cast Iron Time (at 77 F/25C) Install TP FS-IS using standard
and EMT Pipe Flexible Conduit caulking techniques or trowel from
pH Value 6.5 to 7
Fiberglass Insulated Pipe Armaflex pails.
VOC Negligible TP FS-IS may also be pumped from
Insulated Pipe Telephone,
Communication and Power Cables the pails. When damming materials
HVAC Ductwork. are needed, use only materials
Volume Coverage
For a complete list approved for the specific application.
For 10.3 oz. 18 cu. in.
of product applications or for tube (304 ml) (295 cc)
additional technical information,
call TEAM PRO for the latest For 5 gallons 1155 cu. in.
(18.9 L) (5000 cu.cm/L)
updated information.

236
TP FS-IS Intumescent Sealant

Firestopping Sealant

TYPICAL TOP OF WALL


INSTALLATION

Step 1: 7. Availability
Cut and fit the gypsum wallboard
to the contour of the steel decking TP FS-IS is available in 10.3 oz.
leaving a maximum 3/4 (19 mm) (304 ml), 30 oz. (887 ml) caulking
relief gap. tubes and 20.2 oz. (597 ml) sausage
pack and in 5 gallon (18.9 L) pails.
Step 2:
Pack the flute openings and relief
gap with required amount of 8. Limitations
fiberglass insulation and recess to
required depth. TP FS-IS is not designed to be used
in areas under continuous immersion
Step 3: or in areas which would be
Gun, trowel or pump the sealant continuously wet. TP FS-IS should
as required to the specified depth. not be used against hot uninsulated
Properly tool sealant surface flush surfaces above 300F (149C).
with the wall.
Consult UL Directory for complete
instructions and system listings. 9. Cautions
STORAGE AND HANDLING: Store
5. Testing Data away from heat sources. Keep
container closed.
For specific test criteria, refer to the Do not reuse empty container.
UL Fire Resistance Directory or
call TEAM PRO. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF
CHILDREN.
TP FS-IS was tested at positive
pressure with a minimum 0.01 (2.5
Pa) inches water and in accordance
with ASTM E814 (UL 1479) and
UL 2079. Complies to Required
Environmental Exposure Testing
of Accelerated Aging and High
Humidity as per UL 1479 Fire Test
of Through-Penetration Firestops.

6. Storage & Handling


TP FS-IS should be stored between
35F (2C) and 120F (49C).
To obtain a minimum 3-year
shelf life.

NOTE: Do not dilute; no mixing


is required. Best if protected from
freezing. If freezing occurs, thaw
completely before using.
Keep products stored under
protective cover in original containers.

237
TP FS-MC Caulk Grade Sealant and
TP FS-MS Mastic Spray Sealant

1. Product Description TP FS-MC & TP FS-MS Features

TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS are Sprayable, Brushable,


single-component, general purpose ASTM E90-99, UL 723 Tunnel Test
Trowelable or Caulkable
fire-rated sealants for construction Flame Spread 5
joints such as top of the wall, curtain Freeze-thaw
wall perimeter, expansion, control, etc. Water-based Smoke Index 5
and for general construction gaps Flexible - Elastomeric STC Rating 65*
and voids. They are water-based Paintable
sealants. TP FS-MS mastic spray is VOC Compliant *Tested in a UL 411 wall assembly/section
designed for spray applications and to ASTM E90.
Excellent Smoke Seal
provides a fast, economical means
of installation on long joint runs. Minimum 3-Year Shelf Life
TP FS-MC caulk grade is a non-sag
sealant that is easy to apply from a 2. Material Properties 3. Applications
caulk gun or troweled. It cures to an
elastomeric membrane seal that is TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS can be
Asbestos None used as general purpose
suitable where dynamic movement
Fillers fire-rated sealants and smoke seals
is expected. In the event of a fire,
TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS will prevent Solvents None for construction joints on both
the spread of flames, smoke, hot vertical and horizontal surfaces.
Hazardous None TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS are
gases, and water through the joint
Ingredients also excellent fire-rated acoustical
openings. No dilution or mixing is
required for use. Application Spray, Caulk, sealants and can be used in areas
TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS can be Brush or Trowel under constant vibration.
caulked from a tube, brushed or
Color Red or White
troweled from the pail 4. Installation Data
or applied with a spray pump. Cure Time 5 to 7 days
TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS systems [(1/8 at 77F) Tightly pack with the appropriate
are rated for up to 4 hours conditions (25C)] backing material as listed in the
in accordance with ASTM E1966/ selected UL System design. There
Density 10.5 lbs./gal.
UL 2079 (Tests for Fire Resistance should be no loose insulation,
of Building Joint Systems) test Flexible Yes voids or gaps present. Apply the
standards. TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS required coating thickness to
Skin Over 30 - 45 min.
have been cycled 500 times, meeting completely cover backing material.
Time [(at 77F (25C)]
the new ASTM E 1399 standard. Also Consult UL Directory for complete
tested in accordance with ASTM E pH Value 7 to 8 instructions and system listings.
814 (UL1479) for systems up to VOC Negligible For TP FS-MS spray application, use
3 hours. recommended spray equipment.

TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS are Volume Coverage When system clean up is needed,
protected in a wet stage as well as (at 1/8 wet depth) follow manufacturers instructions for
in a dry stage against mold growth specific equipment used.
Per Square 18 cu. in.
with a combination of biocides. Foot

Use TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS for Per 20.2 oz 36 cu. in.


various applications: Per 30 oz. 54 cu. in.
Curtain Wall Joints
Per Quart 58 cu. in.
HVAC Ductwork
Top of the Wall Per 5-gallon 1155 cu. in.
pail
Construction Joints

238
TP FS-MC Caulk Grade Sealant and TP FS-MS Mastic Spray Sealant

5. Testing Data TP FS-MC & TP FS-MS COVERAGE


Opening Coverage Rate*
RATE
Width in Lineal Feet
TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS have (inches) Per Gallon at
been listed by UL. NOTE: Coverage rates as given are Application
mathematical calculations. Thickness of:
TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS were Allow for application losses,
tested at positive pressure with a opening size variations and 1/8 inch
minimum 0.01 inches (2.5 Pa) water applied thickness variations. 1/2 102
and in accordance with UL 2079 (Verify all calculations)
test standards. 3/4 88
Based on 3 fluted metal deck with 1 77
3/4 relief joint.
6. Storage & Handling 1 1/2 61
2 51
TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS should 2 1/2 44
be stored in unopened container
3 38
between 35(2C) and 120F (49C)
to obtain a minimum 3-year shelf life. 3 1/2 34
4 30
NOTE: Do not dilute; no mixing
is required. Best if protected from 5 25
freezing. If freezing occurs, thaw 6 22
completely before use.
Keep products stored under
protective cover in original containers. * Calculation includes 1/2 overlap along both
edges of opening

7. Availability
TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS are
available in 5-gallon pails, 30 oz tube,
and 20.2 oz sausage packs.

8. Limitations
TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS are not
designed to be used in areas under
continuous immersion or in areas
which would be continuously wet.
TP FS-MC and TP FS-MS should not
be used on hot uninsulated surfaces
above 200F (93C).

9. Cautions
STORAGE AND HANDLING: Keep
container upright and tightly closed.
Do not reuse empty container.

KEEP OUT OF REACH OF


CHILDREN.

239
TP Caulking guns

TP Caulking Guns

Code Description Qty


TP 1525 10.3 oz. gun 1
TP 1526 30 oz. gun 1
TP 1527 20.2 oz. foil gun 25
TP 1528 Foil gun tips 1
TP 1529 24 oz. bulk loading gun 1

Cartridge, Foil,
and Bulk Loading

Features

Industrial grade

240
TP FS Pipe collar
1. Product Description 4. Installation Data
TP FS Pipe Collars are prefabricated TP FS Pipe Collars are prefilled 5. Testing Data
for open and closed through- and very easy to install.
penetration firestop systems using TP FS Pipe Collars are classified
2 (51mm) to 6 (152 mm) plastic 1 - Select the proper collar to fit the by Underwriters as a Firestop Device.
pipe. An easy locking tab ensures diameter of pipe used. Laboratories. TP FS Pipe Collars
easy installation. The collar design were tested at a minimum .01 inches
greatly reduces the time and expense 2 - Make sure annular space is within (2.5 Pa) of water positive pressure
required to install competitive collars. the limits set by the tested in accordance with UL 1479 (ASTM
conditions; attach collar around E814) test standards. Complies to
TP FS Pipe Collar Features the pipe on the underside of the floor Required Environmental Exposure
Saves on Labor Cost or to each side of a wall by firmly Testing of Accelerated Aging and High
Easy Installation placing against the wall or floor and Humidity as per UL 1479 Fire Test of
securing interlocking tabs [2 (51 Through-Penetration Firestops.
Economical
mm), 3 (76 mm) and 4 (102 mm)] or
No Measurement of Material fastening the buckle [6 (152 mm)].
Required 6. Storage & Handling
Highly Intumescent
Tested for P VC, CPV C, ABS TP FS Pipe Collars should be stored
and PVC/ABS Foam Core, FRPP in a dry place. Keep product stored
under protective cover in original
container.

2. Material Properties
7. Availability
Asbestos Fillers None TP FS Pipe Collars are available for
2 (51 mm), 3 (76 mm), 4 (102 mm)
Solvents None and 6 (152 mm) (trade diameter)
Hazardous None plastic pipe.
Ingredients

Activation of Intumescence 3 - If needed, mark and predrill 8. Limitations


wall or floor for required anchors.
Expansion 375F Properly secure the appropriate Not for use in outdoor environments
Begins (190C) anchor into each of the anchoring where long-term exposure to rainfall
Expansion 575 tabs. or saltwater spray may occur.
Greatest (302C) In concrete, use 1/4 (6 mm) No other limitations known if used as
to 1100F x 1 1/4 (32 mm) hex washer head directed.
(593C) type concrete anchors or appropriate
steel expansion/wedge anchors.
In gypsum, use 1/8 (3 mm) 9. Cautions
x 2 (51 mm) hollow wall anchors.
3. Applications
Washers have been provided to KEEP OUT OF REACH OF
TP FS Pipe Collars are used to seal be used with the fasteners. CHILDREN.
off plastic pipe both in closed and
vented (DWV) conditions. 4 - If an additional smoke seal is
Also for use on up to 6 (152 mm) required, TP FS-IS may be applied
diameter ABS (cellular core or solid within the annular space before the
core), FRPP, PVC and CPVC pipe. attachment of the collar.
The collar may be used on up to Consult UL Directory for complete
3-hour rated concrete floors and instructions and system listings.
walls, up to 2-hour rated gypsum
walls and up to 2-hour rated wood
floors.

241
TP FS Wrap Strip

1. Product Description 3. Applications


A strip of highly intumescent firestop TP FS Wrap Strip can firestop
difficult penetrations such as 6. Storage & Handling
material used primarily for plastic and
plastic pipe and insulated pipe.
insulated pipe applications. When TP FS Wrap Strip should be stored
exposed to heat, this product expands in a cool, dry place. Keep products
and forms a hard char to seal off the 4. Installation Data stored under protective cover, in their
penetration preventing original containers.
the passage of flames and hot gases. TP FS Wrap Strip is simple to install. A stock rotation program is
Tightly wrap the required number recommended.
TP FS Wrap Strip Features of strips continuously around the
Easy to Install penetrant to completely fill the
Cost Effective annular space or as required by 7. Availability
system design. Push the strips into
Versatile, Flexible TP FS Wrap Strip is available in:
the opening to the required depth.
Highly Intumescent If a cold smoke seal is required, 12 foot (3.66 m) roll boxes.
Excellent Freeze/thaw apply the recommended sealant in
characteristics the opening over the strips.
Long Length Means Less Waste
Forms a Very Hard Char when Burned
5. Testing Data
2. Material Properties
TP FS Wrap Strip is classified by
Underwriters Laboratories as a Fill,
Asbestos Fillers None
Void or Cavity Material. For specific
Solvents None test criteria, see UL Fire Resistance
Hazardous None Directory. TP FS Wrap Strip was tested
Ingredients at positive pressure for a
minimum .01 inches (2.5 Pa) of
Size (Approx.) 1 x 1/4 x 12 water in accordance with UL 1479
25 mm x 6 mm and ASTM E 814 test standards.
x 3.66 m

2 x 1/4 x 12
50 mm x 6 mm
x 3.66 m

Activation of Intumescence
Expansion 375F (190C)
Begins
Expansion 575F (302C)
Greatest to
1100F
(593C)
Color Black
Freeze-Thaw Excellent Complies to Required Environmental
Exposure Testing of Accelerated Aging
and High Humidity as per UL 1479 Fire
ASTM E 84, Test of Through-Penetration Firestops.
UL 723 Tunnel Test
Flame Spread 5
Smoke Index 5

242
TP Firestop Mortar

1. Product Description 2. Material Properties


TP Firestop Mortar is a specially Color Light Red
Recommended for use with
formulated rapid hardening gypsum/
cement compound. Approximate 0.1% aluminum or steel cable trays, as
The product provides the optimum expansion on well as EMT, copper, steel, or black
combination of workability, strength setting iron pipe.
and fire resistance. When mixed Density loose 40.6 pcf
with clean water to a suitable bulk (650 kg/m3)
consistency, TP Firestop Mortar sets 4. Installation Data
Density wet cast 84.3 pcf
without shrinking and can form a
(1350 kg/m3) Mixing Procedure: Mix with clean
rigid, gas tight, fire resistant seal. It
can easily or drilled and resealed if Density oven 54.6 pcf water in a suitable container. Slowly
future and penetrants are needed. dried (875 kg/m3) add the dry mortar mix to water
No special tools are required to mix while stirring by hand, or by power
Crushing 700 psi mixer, to ensure a smooth lump
or install the product. TP Firestop
strength, wet (5 N/mm2) free mix.
Mortar systems are rated for up to
4 hours and have been tested in Asbestos fillers None
accordance with ASTM E 814 (UL Recommended Mixing Ratios:
pH Values 6.5
1479) test standards. Mortar Mix:
Adhesion to Excellent Water (by volume) Consistency:
TP Firestop Mortar is protected concrete Pourable For Floor Openings 2 1/2 : 1
in a wet stage as well as in a dry Stiff for Wall Openings 3:1
Adhesion to Good
stage against mold growth with a Steel/Copper
combination of biocides. DO NOT USE A MIX RATIO OF
Adhesion to Good LESS THAN 2:1
Use TP Firestop Mortar for various Cables
applications: NOTE: The wet mix will remain usable
Freeze-Thaw Excellent
Wall or floor applications for approximately 45-60 minutes
Resistance
depending on batch size, water
Around metallic pipes (steel, copper,
Workable Pot Approximately content and temperature.
iron, etc.)
Life 45 minutes Once material has been mixed to
Around electrical power cables the desired consistency, DO NOT
Around communication cables Sets hard 3 - 4 hours
attempt to alter by adding additional
(telephone, fiber optic, etc.) Fully Cured 28 days water or mortar. THIS WILL CAUSE
Blank openings THE MATERIAL TO HARDEN VERY
2:1 mix ratio
Concrete or concrete QUICKLY. Any spillage should be
block (CMU) walls 1500 cubic wiped up with a damp cloth before
inches setting occurs.
Concrete floors Yield
per 45 lb bag
Cable trays (aluminum or steel)
Thickness/Fire Rating
3:1 mix ratio
TP Firestop Mortar Features Refer to tested designs or
1350 cubic manufacturers recommendations.
Non-sag adjustable consistency
inches per
(pourable or trowelable) 45 lb bag
High yield Health and Safety
Non-shrinking
Non-toxic and asbestos-free.
Safe and simple to use
3. Applications Take normal precautions to avoid
Workable approximately 45 minutes inhalation, or ingestion, and to
A fire-rated load bearing mortar to ensure adequate ventilation when
economically firestop large openings mixing. In the event of eye or mouth
for through-penetrations in fire-rated contact, wash immediately with
walls and floors. Can be used with plenty of clean water.
power cables, fiber optic telephone Refer to Material Safety Data Sheet
cables. for additional information.

243
TP Firestop Mortar

5. Testing Data 7. Availability


TP Firestop Mortar has been 45-pound (20.4 kg) bags
classified and listed by Underwriters 20-pound (9.1 kg) pails
Laboratories and tested at a positive
pressure with a minimum .01 inches
of water and in accordance with
ASTM E 814 and UL 1479.
8. Limitations
TP Firestop Mortar is not designed
6. Storage & Handling to be used in areas under continuous
immersion or in areas that would be
continuously wet.
Must be stored in dry conditions
The mortar should not be used in
under protective cover in its original
areas that would experience high or
container.
severe vibration or movement.
Minimum shelf life of one year when
stored inside, in a conditioned
area and in the original unopened
containers.

244
245
246
CONSUMABLES

247
TP NYLON PLUGS TP Hammerfix Anchors

TP HF Hammerfix Assembled Anchor


Saw-tooth Thread Polyamide 6.6

Countersunk Head

Item Number TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Size Qty / box Qty/master box

TP 6328 TP HF05025 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 05 x 025 100 2400
TP 6329 TP HF05030 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 05 x 030 100 2400
TP 6330 TP HF05035 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 05 x 035 100 2400
TP 6331 TP HF05050 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 05 x 050 100 1200
TP 6332 TP HF06035 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 06 x 035 100 1200
TP 6333 TP HF06040 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 06 x 040 100 1200
TP 6334 TP HF06050 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 06 x 050 100 1200
TP 6335 TP HF06060 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 06 x 060 100 1200
TP 6336 TP HF06070 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 06 x 070 100 1200
TP 6337 TP HF08060 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 08 x 060 100 600
TP 6338 TP HF08080 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 08 x 080 100 600
TP 6339 TP HF08100 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 08 x 100 100 600
TP 6340 TP HF08120 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 08 x 120 100 400
TP 6924 TP HF08140 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTERSUNK HEAD 08 x140 100 300

TP HFC Hammerfix Assembled Anchor


Saw-tooth Thread Polyamide 6.6
Cylindrical Head

Item Number TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Size Qty / box Qty/master box
TP 6925 TP HFC05025 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 05 x 025 100 2400
TP 6926 TP HFC05030 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 05 x 030 100 2400
TP 6927 TP HFC05035 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 05 x 035 100 2400
TP 6928 TP HFC05050 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 05 x 050 100 1200
TP 6929 TP HFC06035 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 06 x 035 100 1200
TP 6930 TP HFC06040 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 06 x 040 100 1200
TP 6931 TP HFC06050 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 06 x 050 100 1200
TP 6932 TP HFC06060 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 06 x 060 100 1200
TP 6933 TP HFC06070 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 06 x 070 100 1200
TP 6934 TP HFC08060 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 08 x 060 100 600
TP 6935 TP HFC08080 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 08 x 080 100 600
TP 6936 TP HFC08100 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 08 x 100 100 600
TP 6937 TP HFC08120 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 08 x 120 100 400
TP 6938 TP HFC08140 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. CYLINDRICAL HEAD 08 x 140 100 300

248
TP NYLON PLUGS TP Hammerfix Anchors

TP HFA2 Hammerfix Assembled Anchor


Aaw-tooth Thread Polyamide 6.6
Stainless Steel A2-Countersunk Head

Item Number TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Size Qty/box Qty/master box
TP 7000 TP HFA2 05030 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTER. HEAD SS-A2 05 x 030 100 2400
TP 7001 TP HFA2 06040 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTER. HEAD SS-A2 06 x 040 100 1200
TP 7002 TP HFA2 06060 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTER. HEAD SS-A2 06 x 060 100 1200
TP 7003 TP HFA2 08060 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTER. HEAD SS-A2 08 x 060 100 600
TP 7004 TP HFA2 08080 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTER. HEAD SS-A2 08 x 080 100 600
TP 7005 TP HFA2 08100 HAMMERFIX ASSEMBLED ANCHOR. COUNTER. HEAD SS-A2 08 x 100 100 600

TP FUN Nylon Plug


Polyamide 6.6 for Concrete
Countersunk Head Wood Screw
Item Number TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Size Qty/box Qty/master box

TP 7006 TP FUN06060 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 06 x 060 100 1200
TP 7007 TP FUN08060 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 060 100 600
TP 7008 TP FUN08080 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 080 100 600
TP 7009 TP FUN08100 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 100 100 400
TP 7010 TP FUN08120 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 120 100 400
TP 7011 TP FUN10065 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 065 100 400
TP 7012 TP FUN10080 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 080 100 400
TP 7013 TP FUN10100 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 100 100 300
TP 7014 TP FUN10115 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 115 100 300
TP 7015 TP FUN10135 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 135 100 300
TP 7016 TP FUN10160 NYL.FRAME FIX. 2 WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 160 100 200

TP FUN6A Nylon Plug


Polyamide 6.6 for Hollow Bricks
Countersunk Head Wood Screw
Item Number TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Size Qty/box Qty/master box
TP 6939 TP FUN6A08080 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 080 100 600
TP 6940 TP FUN6A08100 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 100 100 400
TP 6941 TP FUN6A08120 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 120 100 400
TP 6942 TP FUN6A08140 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 140 100 400
TP 6943 TP FUN6A10100 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 100 100 300

TP 6944 TP FUN6A10120 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 120 100 300

TP 6945 TP FUN6A10140 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 140 100 300
TP 6946 TP FUN6A10160 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 160 100 200
TP 6947 TP FUN6A10200 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & COUNTERSUNK H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 200 100 100

249
TP NYLON PLUGS TP Hammerfix Anchors

TP FUN6E - Nylon Plug


Polyamide 6.6 for Hollow Bricks
Hexagon Head Wood Screw
Item Number TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Size Qty/box Qty/master box
TP 6948 TP FUN6E08080 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & HEXAGON H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 080 100 600
TP 6949 TP FUN6E08100 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & HEXAGON H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 100 100 400
TP 6950 TP FUN6E08120 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & HEXAGON H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 120 100 300
TP 6951 TP FUN6E08140 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & HEXAGON H. WOOD SCREW 08 x 140 100 300
TP 6952 TP FUN6E10100 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & HEXAGON H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 100 100 300
TP 6953 TP FUN6E10120 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & HEXAGON H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 120 100 300
TP 6954 TP FUN6E10140 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & HEXAGON H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 140 100 200
TP 6955 TP FUN6E10160 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & HEXAGON H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 160 100 200
TP 6956 TP FUN6E10200 NYL.FRAME FIX. 6WINGS & HEXAGON H. WOOD SCREW 10 x 200 100 100

Characteristics

Nylon manufactured in 6.6 polyamide


TP HF, TP HFA2, TP HFC assembled
The nylon plug covers completely the screw, giving an additional corrosion protection
Wide variety of diameters and lengths: assembly flexibility
Countersunk head (except TP HFC): the anchor is even with the base material; additionally avoid that the nylon
goes into the hole during the installation
Flanged collar in TP HFC: for use in materials where a flat fixing is not required, or where the base material cannot
be countersunk (sheet metal, etc.)
Easy installation because of its saw-tooth thread, just a hammer hit is enough to install it (TP HF, TP HFA2 ,TP HFC)

Applications
TP HF, TP HFA2 , TP HFC, TP FUN: use in concrete, block, stone or solid brick
TP FUN6A: use in concrete, block, stone or hollow brick
TP FUN6E: use in concrete, block, stone, solid and hollow brick
Use: fixing of fences, banisters, stands, shelves, signs, sanitary ware, etc.

Materials

Item Component Materials Surface Treatment

1 Plug Polyamide 6.6 ---

2 TP HF, TP HFC
TP FUN, TP FUN6A Steel class 5.8 ISO 898-1 Zinc plated > 5 m ISO 4042 A2J
TP FUN6E
3 TP HFA2 Stainless steel A2-70 EN ISO 3506-1 ---

250
TP NYLON PLUGS TP Hammerfix Anchors

Installation Data and Procedure

TP HF Hammering Anchor, Countersunk Head

Depth Maximum
Anchor Pozidriv
Code Drill of fixture Screw
length recess
hole thickness
TP HF05025 25 5 3.5 x 30
TP HF05030 30 5 3.5 x 35
5 30 2
TP HF05035 35 10 3.5 x 40
TP HF05050 50 25 3.5 x 55
TP HF06035 35 10 3.8 x 40
TP HF06040 40 10 3.8 x 45
TP HF06050 6 50 35 20 2 3.8 x 55
TP HF06060 60 30 3.8 x 65
TP HF06070 70 40 3.8 x 75
TP HF08060 60 20 4.8 x 65
TP HF08080 80 40 4.8 x 85
TP HF080100 8 100 45 60 3 4.8 x 105
TP HF080120 120 80 4.8 x 125
TP HF08140 140 100 4.8 x 145

TP HFA2 Hammering Anchor, Countersunk Head, Stainless Steel


Depth Maximum
Anchor Pozidriv
Code Drill of fixture Screw
length recess
hole thickness
TP HFA205030 5 30 30 5 2 3.5 x 35
TP HFA206040 40 10 3.8 x 45
6 35 2
TP HFA206060 60 30 3.8 x 65
TP HFA208060 60 20 4.8 x 65
TP HFA208080 8 80 45 40 3 4.8 x 85
TP HFA208100 100 60 4.8 x 105

TP HFC Hammering Anchor, Cylindrical Head, Flanged Collar


Depth Maximum
Anchor Pozidriv
Code Drill head of fixture Screw
length recess
hole thickness
TP HFC05025 25 5 3.5 x 30
TP HFC05030 30 5 3.5 x 35
5 8.5 30 2
TP HFC05035 35 10 3.5 x 40
TP HFC05050 50 20 3.5 x 55
TP HFC06035 35 10 3.8 x 40
TP HFC06040 40 15 3.8 x 45
TP HFC06050 6 50 10 35 25 2 3.8 x 55
TP HFC06060 60 35 3.8 x 65
TP HFC06070 70 45 3.8 x 75
TP HFC08060 60 20 4.8 x 65
TP HFC08080 80 40 4.8 x 85
TP HFC08100 8 100 12 45 60 3 4.8 x 105
TP HFC08120 120 80 4.8 x 125
TP HFC08140 140 100 4.8 x 145

251
TP NYLON PLUGS TP Hammerfix Anchors

TP FUN Two-Wing Nylon Frame Fixing

Depth Maximum
Anchor Pozidriv
Code Drill of fixture Screw
length recess
hole thickness
TP FUN06060 6 60 35 30 2 4.0 x 65
TP FUN08060 60 20 5.5 x 65
TP FUN08080 80 40 5.5 x 85
8 45 3
TP FUN08100 100 60 5.5 x 105
TP FUN08120 120 80 5.5 x 125
TP FUN10065 65 20 7.0 x 70
TP FUN10080 80 35 7.0 x 85
TP FUN10100 100 55 7.0 x 105
10 50 4
TP FUN10115 115 70 7.0 x 120
TP FUN10135 135 90 7.0 x 140
TP FUN10160 160 115 7.0 x 160

TP FUN6A Six-Wing Nylon Frame Fixing; Countersunk Head

Depth Maximum
Anchor Pozidriv
Code Drill of fixture Screw
length recess
hole thickness
TP FUN6A08080 80 15 5.0 x 85
TP FUN6A08100 100 35 5.0 x 105
8 70 Torx 30
TP FUN6A08120 120 55 5.0 x 125
TP FUN6A08140 140 75 5.0 x 145
TP FUN6A10100 100 25 7.0 x 105
TP FUN6A10120 120 40 7.0 x 120
TP FUN6A10140 10 140 80 60 Pozidriv 4 7.0 x 140
TP FUN6A10160 160 85 7.0 x 165
TP FUN6A10200 200 125 7.0 x 205

TP FUN6E Six-Wing Nylon Frame Fixing; Hexagonal Head

Depth Maximum
Anchor
Code Drill of fixture Nut key Screw
length
hole thickness
TP FUN6E08080 80 15 5.0 x 85
TP FUN6E08100 100 35 5.0 x 105
8 70 10
TP FUN6E08120 120 55 5.0 x 125
TP FUN6E08140 140 75 5.0 x 145
TP FUN6E10100 100 25 7.0 x 105
TP FUN6E10120 120 40 7.0 x 120
TP FUN6E10140 10 140 80 60 13 7.0 x 140
TP FUN6E10160 160 85 7.0 x 165
TP FUN6E10200 200 125 7.0 x 205

252
TP NYLON PLUGS TP Hammerfix Anchors

Installation Procedure

TP HF, TP HFA2, TP HFC:


Drill to the minimum depth and diameter specified, maintaining perpendicular to the surface of the base material.
Fixture holes themselves can be used as template.
Thoroughly clean hole from dust and drilling fragments.
Insert hammerfix anchor through fixture and hammer in until it is completely inserted. In the applications where it
is not possible to use the hammer, use a screwdriver.

TP FUN, TP FUN6A, TP FUN6E:


Drill to the minimum depth and diameter specified, maintaining perpendicular to the surface of the base material.
Fixture holes themselves can be used as template.
Thoroughly clean hole from dust and drilling fragments.
Insert nylon frame anchor through fixture; use a hammer if necessary.
Use a screwdriver or nut key (according to head) to insert the screw, expanding the nylon plug.

Recommended Resistances

Tension Shear

Code Concrete Solid brick Hollow brick Concrete


[KN] [KN] [KN] [KN]

TP HF05 0.32 0.20 0.68


TP HF06 0.36 0.28 0.90
TP HF08 0.44 0.36 1.04
TP HFA205 0.32 0.20 0.68
TP HFA206 0.36 0.28 0.90
TP HFA208 0.44 0.36 1.04
Not Valid
TP HFC05 0.32 0.20 0.68
TP HFC06 0.36 0.28 0.90
TP HFC08 0.44 0.36 1.04
TP HFUN06 0.40 0.36 0.96
TP HFUN08 0.80 0.64 1.26
TP HFUN10 1.10 0.75 1.90
TP FUN6A08 0.80 0.64 0.48 1.26

TP FUN6A10
1.10 0.76 0.72 1.90

TP FUN6E08
0.80 0.64 0.48 1.26

TP FUN6E10
1.10 0.76 0.72 1.90

253
TP NYLON PLUGS TP HNPHammer Nail Plug

Time-saving, Simple Speed Plug For Light-Duty Dixings; Made in Finland

Preassembled with nail screw, ready-to-install nylon speed plugs for hammer-in-type through fixings
Nail screw head with pozidriv slot for removing or adjusting the anchor
Plug collars function as plastic insulating washers thus preventing touch-corrosion from taking place
Zinc-plated for dry indoor and temporary outdoor use

Technical Features

Properties: Countersunk plug collar, countersunk nail screw head


Material: Polyamide / Steel, zinc plated
Suitable conditions: Dry indoor

Applications
Substructures
Cabinets
Baseboards
Battens
Cable ducts
Cable clamps
Pipe supports

Base Materials

Approved for: Non-cracked concrete and solid clay brick


Also suitable for: Natural stone and perforated clay brick

254
TP NYLON PLUGS TP HNPHammer Nail Plug

Installation Procedure

Anchor and Fixture Details: Installation Details:

Length (L) Drill hole diameter (d0)


Max. fixture thickness (tfix ) Drill hole depth (h1)
Nominal setting depth (hnom)

Drill hole diameter


TEAM PRO Length (L) Max. fixture thickness (tfix )
Item Number (d0)
CODE
[mm] [mm] [mm]
TP 6811 TP HNP 5/30 30 5 5
TP 6812 TP HNP 5/50 50 5 20
TP 6813 TP HNP 6/40 40 6 10
TP 6814 TP HNP 6/60 60 6 30
TP 6815 TP HNP 6/80 80 6 50
TP 6816 TP HNP 8/60 60 8 20
TP 6817 TP HNP 8/80 80 8 40
TP 6818 TP HNP 8/100 100 8 60
TP 6819 TP HNP 8/120 120 8 80
TP 6820 TP HNP 8/140 140 8 100
TP 6821 TP HNP 8/160 160 8 120

* For more info about the installation procedure, please refer to the upcoming installation parameters and capacities

255
TP NYLON PLUGS TP HNPHammer Nail Plug

INSTALLATION PARAMETERS AND CAPACITIES

TP HNP Fixing details [mm] Permissible and recommended loads -


Nailplug only for approved characteristic center spacings and egde distances
Anchor and fixture details Installation data - Design Method as per ETAG-014 -
Tension load Shear load
[kN] [kN]
without bending

Nominal setting depth hnom (=hef)

Minimum centre spacing Smin


Charact. centre spacing SCr.N

Minimum edge distance Cmin


Designation

Charact. edge distance CCr.N


Min. concrete thickness hmin
Recommended
Minimum hole depth h1 bending moment
(solid mateial only)
Drill hole diameter do

Type d0 / L
Fixture thickness tfix

for approval criteria


Base material
Mrec [Nm]
Permissible Recommended Permissible Recommended
Hole in fixture

NSk 1} Nrec VSk 1} Vrec


Nominal size

Total length

TP HNP 4) 5/30 5 30 5,5 5 5 25 35 100 100 100 100 100 non-cracked 2)


C 15/20 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1
TP HNP 5/30 30 0 - 53)
non-cracked 2)

C 20/25 to C 50/60 0,1 0,2 0,1 0,2 0,8


5 5,5 5 40 30 100 100 100 100 100
TP HNP 5/30 50 20
Clay brick 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

TP HNP 4) 6/40 6 40 6,5 10 6 40 30 100 100 100 100 100 non-cracked 2)


C 15/20 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1
TP HNP 6/40 40 10
non-cracked 2)
TP HNP 6/60 60 30 0,2 0,4 0,2 0,4 1,2
C 20/25 to C 50/60
6 6,5 6 40 30 100 100 100 100 100
TP HNP 6/80 80 50
Clay brick 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2

TP HNP 8/60 60 20 non-cracked 2)


C 15/20 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3
TP HNP 8/80 80 40

TP HNP 8/100 100 60


non-cracked 2)
TP HNP 8/120 8 120 8,5 80 8 50 40 100 100 100 100 100 C 20/25 to C 50/60 0,3 0,6 0,3 0,6 2,5

TP HNP 8/ 404) 140 100

TP HNP 8/1604) 160 120


Clay brick 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3

1) Load figures include the resistances' partial safety factors as per approvals and a partial safety factor on the action
of yF=1.4

2) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the value of tension within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of
detailed verification, R = 3 N/mm2 can be assumed (L equals the tension within the concrete as a result of external
loads, forces on anchor included; R equals the tension coming from shrinkage or creep of the concrete, as well as
displacements of supports or temperature variations).

3) ETA approval covers only tfix= 0mm (e.g. thin sheets)

4) Not part of ETA approval.

256
TP NYLON PLUGS TP HNPHammer Nail Plug

257
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS
TP NFA (Zinc Plated Screw)

TP NFA-A4 (Stainless Steel A4 Screw)

Item TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Box (pcs) Outer Box (pcs)

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6626 TP NFA08080 50 600
Countersunk Head Screw. 8x80

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6627 TP NFA08100 50 600
Countersunk Head Screw. 8x100

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6628 TP NFA08120 50 300
Countersunk Head Screw. 8x120

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6629 TP NFA10080 50 300
Countersunk Head Screw. 10x80

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6630 TP NFA10100 50 300
Countersunk Head Screw. 10x100

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6631 TP NFA10120 50 300
Countersunk Head Screw. 10x120

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6632 TP NFA10140 50 300
Countersunk Head Screw. 10x140

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6633 TP NFA10160 50 200
Countersunk Head Screw. 10x160

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6634 TP NFA10200 50 150
Countersunk Head Screw. 10x200

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6635 TP NFA10230 50 100
Countersunk Head Screw. 10x230

Item TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Box (pcs) Outer Box (pcs)

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6636 TP NFA408080 50 600
Stainless Steel A4. Countersunk Head

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6637 TP NFA408100 50 600
Stainless Steel A4. Countersunk Head

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6638 TP NFA408120 50 300
Stainless Steel A4. Countersunk Head

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6639 TP NFA410080 50 300
Stainless Steel A4. Countersunk Head

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6640 TP NFA410100 50 300
Stainless Steel A4. Countersunk Head

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6641 TP NFA410120 50 300
Stainless Steel A4. Countersunk Head

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6642 TP NFA410140 50 300
Stainless Steel A4. Countersunk Head

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6643 TP NFA410160 50 200
Stainless Steel A4. Countersunk Head

258
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS

TP NFE (Zinc Plated Screw)

TP NFE-A4 (Stainless Steel A4 Screw)

Item TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Box (pcs) Outer Box (pcs)

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6644 TP NFE08080 50 600
Hexagon Fead Screw. 8x80 + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6645 TP NFE08100 50 600
Hexagon Fead Screw. 8x100 + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6646 TP NFE08120 50 300
Hexagon Fead Screw. 8x120 + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6647 TPNFE10080 50 300
Hexagon Fead Screw. 10x80 + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6648 TP NFE10100 50 300
Hexagon Fead Screw. 10x100 + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6649 TP NFE10120 50 300
Hexagon Fead Screw. 10x120 + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6650 TP NFE10140 50 200
Hexagon Fead Screw. 10x140 + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6651 TP NFE10160 50 150
Hexagon Fead Screw. 10x160 + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6652 TP NFE10200 50 150
Hexagon Fead Screw. 10x200 + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Nylon Plug with


TP 6653 TP NFE10230 50 100
Hexagon Fead Screw. 10x230 + torx

Item TEAM PRO CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION Box (pcs) Outer Box (pcs)

Hammerfix Anchor Stainless Steel A4


TP 6654 TP NFE408080 50 600
Hexagon Washer Head + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Stainless Steel A4


TP 6655 TP NFE408100 50 600
Hexagon Washer Head + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Stainless Steel A4


TP 6656 TP NFE408120 50 300
Hexagon Washer Head + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Stainless Steel A4


TP 6657 TP NFE410080 50 300
Hexagon Washer Head + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Stainless Steel A4


TP 6658 TP NFE410100 50 300
Hexagon Washer Head + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Stainless Steel A4


TP 6659 TP NFE410120 50 300
Hexagon Washer Head + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Stainless Steel A4


TP 6660 TP NFE410140 50 150
Hexagon Washer Head + torx

Hammerfix Anchor Stainless Steel A4


TP 6661 TP NFE410160 50 200
Hexagon Washer Head + torx

259
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS

Characteristics and Material

Fast installation through the material to be fixed by hammering the screw and the nylon plug into
the hole and then screwing in the bolt
Wide range of lengths and diameters
The nylon plug expands into a knot in hollow materials, which makes it especially suitable for
hollow materials or in cases when the base material is unknown
High resistance values
Versions in zinc-plated screw (TP NFA and TP NFE) and in stainless-steel screw (TP NFA and TP
NFA4)
Suitable for a wide variety of base materials: concrete, stone, solid and hollow brick, hollow
block, etc.
Applications: installation of window and door frames, garage doors, handrails, facade restoration,
ventilated facade, etc.

Code Component Material Description

Nylon plug Polyamide


TP NFA Zind plated steel, Nylon plug with countersunk head screw
Screw
grade 5.8

Nylon plug Polyamide


TP NFA4 Nylon plug with countersunk head screw
Stainless steel A4,
Screw
AISI 316
Nylon plug Polyamide
TP NFE Nylon plug with hexagon head screw
Zind plated steel,
Screw
grade 5.8

Nylon plug Polyamide


TP NFE4 Nylon plug with hexagon head screw
Stainless steel A4,
Screw
AISI 316

260
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS

Installation Data
In concrete blocks: hmin
h1 tfix

hnom
Iv
It

In hollow brick: hmin


h1 tfix

hnom

In hollow concrete blocks:


h* = hnom, red + tfix
hnom, red
tfix

Iv

261
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS

Size Size do tfix h1 h* hnom hef df T


plug plug
Code
dnom x It dV x IV (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

TP NFA08080
TP NFA408080
8x80 6X85 10 25
TP NFE08080
TP NFE408080
TP NFA080100
TP NFA4080100
8x100 6x105 8 30 90 45 70 70 9 T30
TP NFE080100
TP NFE4080100
TP NFA08120
TP NFA408120
8x120 6x125 50 65
TP NFE08120
TP NFE408120
TP NFA10080
TP NFA410080
10x80 7x85 10 25
TP NFE10080
TP NFE410080
TP NFA10100
TP NFA410100
10x100 7x105 30 45
TP NFE10100
TP NFE410100
TP NFA10120
TP NFA410120
10x120 7x125 50 65
TP NFE10120
TP NFE410120
TP NFA10140
TP NFA410140
10x140 7x145 10 70 90 85 70 70 11 T40
TP NFE10140
TP NFE410140
TP NFA10160
TP NFA410160
10x160 7x165 90 105
TP NFE10160
TP NFE410160
TP NFA10200
TP NFA410200
10x200 7x205 130 145
TP NFE10200
TP NFE410200
TP NFA10230
TP NFA410230
10x230 7x235 160 175
TP NFE10230
TP NFE410230

dnom: anchor diameter h1 : minimum hole depth df : diameter in the material


It: anchor length h*: minimum thickness equal to the thickness of to be fixed
dv: screw diameter member (hnom,red) and thickness of mixture (tfix). T: Torx recess
IV : screw length hnom : minimum installation depth
tflix : maximum thickness of fixture hef : minimum effective embedment depth
do : hole diameter

262
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS

Installation Procedure

In concrete blocks:

1. Make a drill hole with a hammer drill 2. Clean the drill hole with a brush 3. Place the fixture and then insert the anchor into the hole by hand

4. Put the anchor by hammering softly on the screw head until 5. Set the screw by screw driver or by hand 6. Make sure that the fixture is supported by the anchor
the fixture stops the nylon plug (nylon plug and screw)

In hollow brick:

1. Make a drill hole just by rotary drilling 2. Clean the drill hole with a brush 3. Place the fixture and the anchor into the hole by hand

4. Put the anchor by hammering softly on the screw head until 5. Set the screw by screw driver or by hand 6. Make sure that the fixture is supported by the anchor
the fixture stops the nylon plug (nylon plug and screw)

In hollow concrete blocks:

1. Make a drill hole just by rotary drilling 2. Clean the drill hole with a brush 3. Place the fixture and the anchor into the hole by hand

4. Put the anchor by hammering softly on the screw head until 5. Set the screw by screw driver or by hand 6. Make sure that the fixture is supported by the anchor
the fixture stops the nylon plug (nylon plug and screw)

1- Drill up to the diameter and depth specified on the data table above. Do not use the mechanical hammer in hollow
base materials, in order to avoid any damages to it. It is advisable to reduce the drilling speed when the head of the
drill is close to the base materials hollow core.
2- Clean the hole thoroughly free of dust and debris.
3- Plug the material to be fixed in place.
4- Insert the plug plus screw into the hole through the material to be fixed.
5- Screw in until the screw head contacts the base material.

263
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS

Base Materials

Minimum
Density
compressive
Material Description Picture Drilling mode
strength
[kg/dm]3
fb [N/mm2]

Concrete Resistance >16 N/mm2 Rotation+hammer --- >16 N/mm2

Type A
Solid Solid brick
Rotation+hammer 1.7 39.0
brick 110x60x240
Danesi

Type B
Solid Solid brick
Rotation+hammer 1.7 27.0
brick 250x120x550
Terreal Italia

Type E
Solid Fior di tufo
Rotation+hammer 2.4 7.5
brick 370x370x110
Cave riunite

Type C
Hollow Doppio doppio UNI
Rotation 0.9 13.0
brick 120x245x250
Danesi

Type D
Hollow Perforated
Rotation 0.6 2.0
brick 120x250x250
Wienerberger

264
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS

Characteristic Resistances

Characteristic resistances* for an isolated anchor (without anchor-to-edge or anchor-to-anchor spacing effects)

8 10
Characteristic Safety
Material Description Picture
Resistance Zinc plated
Stainless
Zinc plated
Stainless factor
Steel Steel

Tension Nr,k 3.5 4.5


Concrete Resistance >16 N/mm
2
1.8
Shear Vr,k 5.6 7.9 7.7 10.8

Tension Nr,k
Solid
Type A 3.0 2.0 2.5
brick
Shear Vr,k

Tension Nr,k
Solid
Type B 4.0 5.0 2.5
brick
Shear Vr,k

Tension Nr,k
Solid
Type E --- 0.3 2.5
brick
Shear Vr,k

Tension Nr,k
Hollow
Type C --- 0.3 2.5
brick
Shear Vr,k

Tension Nr,k
Hollow
Type D 0.3 --- 2.5
brick
Shear Vr,k

* The characteristic resistance of an anchor is: a 95% probability to be achieved in a tension test. It depends
on the mean ultimate resistance, the number of tests, and the scatter of the results.

265
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS

Minimum Distances

A- CONCRETE:

Dimensions and minimum distances, concrete > 16/20

Parameter / size TP NF 8 TP NF 10
hmin Minimum thickness of base material [mm] 140
Ccr,N Characteristic distance to edge [mm] 105 105
Smin Minimum distance anchor to anchor [mm] 90 100
Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] 90 100

B SOLID BRICKS:

Dimensions and minimum distances, brick type A

Parameter / size TP NF 8 TP NF 10
hmin Minimum thickness of base material [mm] 110
Isolated anchor
Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] 120
Group of anchors
S1,min Perpendicular distance to free edge [mm] 240

S2,min Parallel distance to free edge [mm] 480

Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] 120


Dimensions and minimum distances, brick type B
Parameter / size TP NF 8 TP NF 10
hmin Minimum thickness of base material [mm] 120
Isolated anchor
Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] 125
Group of anchors
S1,min Perpendicular distance to free edge [mm] 250

S2,min Parallel distance to free edge [mm] 500

Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] 125


Dimensions and minimum distances, brick type E
Parameter / size TP NF 8 TP NF 10
hmin Minimum thickness of base material [mm] 370
Isolated anchor
Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] 185
Group of anchors
S1,min Perpendicular distance to free edge [mm] 370

S2,min Parallel distance to free edge [mm] 740

Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] 185

266
TP NYLON FRAME ANCHORS

C HOLLOW BRICKS

Dimensions and minimum distances, brick type C


Parameter / size TP NF 8 TP NF 10
hmin Minimum thickness of base material [mm] - 120
Isolated anchor
Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] - 125
Group of anchors
S1,min Perpendicular distance to free edge [mm] - 250

S2,min Parallel distance to free edge [mm] - 500

Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] - 125

Dimensions and minimum distances, brick type D

Parameter / size TP NF 8 TP NF 10
hmin Minimum thickness of base material [mm] 120 -

Isolated anchor
Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] 125 -

Group of anchors
S1,min Perpendicular distance to free edge [mm] 250 -

S2,min Parallel distance to free edge [mm] 500 -

Cmin Minimum distance to edge [mm] 75 -

Applications

267
TP PUF-B3 FOAM FILLER

TP PUF-B3 SEALPRO-F HFC-Free 300ml & 750ml

Number Charateristics / test specifications Data Unit

1 Color Light yellow -


300
2 Content ml
750
3 Tackfree time 10 2 min.

4 Cutting time 25 5 min.

B3
5 Fire classification -
DIN 4102
300 ml 13 2
6 Yield 750 ml L
32 3

7 Tensile strength 72 N/cm2

8 Dimension stability 10 %

Shelf life
9 12 Months
(at temperatures up to 23oC maximum)

10 Pptimum / possible handing temperature +20oC C


o

11 Possible handing temperature environment/can +10oC to +30oC C


o

12 Thermal resistance of cured foam -30oC to +80oC C


o

13 Propellant base HFC-Free -

100
14 Vertical stability in gap
4

15 UV-Stability Not permanent UV stable

268
TP PUF-B3 FOAM FILLER

Note:

Dimensional stability: means that after a foam is fully cured (usually 24h after foaming), the foam works continuously -
that means it expands/shrinks by maximum 10%.

Vertical stability: we guarantee with this foam that it holds in a joint of 4cm width and 100cm height.

If not stated otherwise, the data applies to standard conditions of 23C at 50% r.h. and non-aged foam. To test yield
and reactivity, at least 85% r.h. is required (humidify well before testing!). In case of aged foam, the yield is up to 30%
lower. Tackfree and cutting time reduces as well. shake can well before use.

The data stated herein has been established according to our present technical knowledge, experience, and tests.
It does not dispense the user from test from his own because of the numerous possible factors that may influence
the use and application of our products. A legally binding warranty of specific properties and the suitability for any
particular application purpose does not result herefrom. Please read the safety datasheet before use. All previous
versions of this datasheet are herewith invalid. In the interest of progress, any changes hereof are reserved.

269
TP PUFR-B1 FOAM

TP PUFR-B1 PLUS FIRE RESISTANCE FOAM (CEILINGPRO-F, EN 1366-4)

It is a self-expanding component foam, which was developed specically for use in fire protection
applications. It is especially suitable for sealing joints and cavities in walls that require fire
protection.
The foam can also be used for the insertion of fire doors or windows.
The foam is available as a pistol and adapter variant.

Special features

High thermal and acoustic insulation


Efficient seal against smoke
Excellent adhesion to many substrates
Easy to handle and use
High Speed Production

Areas of Application

For fire-retardant installation of window and door frames


For fire-retardant filling of larger joints or small openings
For filling hollow spaces
Can be used as a component of fire protection systems

Applications

The substrates must be solid, clean, and free of loose particles, dust, and grease.
Never heat above +50C, otherwise it will disintegrate.
Shake can well, approximately 20 times, before use.
Screw socket tightly onto the gun, taking care not to tilt the can or over tighten.
The foam outlet is adjustable by pressing the trigger. The discharged foam is evenly moistened.
Remove fresh adhesive spots immediately with PU Cleaner.
Cured foam must be removed mechanically.

270
TP PUFR-B1 FOAM

Technical Data
Basis Polyurethane
Color Pink
Cell structure Medium-fine
Propellant base Propane / butane / DME
Application temperature (ambient) +5C to +35C
Cans temperature min. +10C
Temperature resistance of cured foam -40C to +90 C (short-term up to +100C)
Tack-free time (20C / 50% RH), Pistol/Adapter 3-7 min / 4-8 min
Cutting time (20C / 50% RH) 9-14 min /15-40 min
Density 285 kg/m3 / 335 kg/m3
Shelf life Max. 12 months
Brand standards VKF, EN 1366-4
Fire resistance See classification report: 347472
Joint width (without auxiliary materials) 10-45mm
Joint depth (without auxiliary materials) 100-200mm
Further Data On demand

271
TP SILICONES

SEALPRO-N NEUTRAL SEALANT

SEALPRO-N is a neutral one-component


RTV silicone sealant that cures with
atmospherically humidity at room Chemical composition Silicone elastomers
temperature, forming a highly elastic Curing system Neutral (oxime)
rubber. It is unaffected by sunlight, Appearance Creamy, does not drip
ultraviolet rays, rain, snow, and extreme Packaging 300ml polyethylene cartridges
temperatures.
Transparent, white, grey and black.
Its excellent resistance to the open air Colour
(Special colours upon order)
and its high elasticity guarantee a perfect
condition /service after many years of use.
Exceptional adhesion to many materials.
Adapts easily to movements.

Uses and Applications Property Value Unit Rule

SEALPRO-N adheres very well to: Uncured


Density 1.22/ DIN
g/cc
Anodized Aluminium (colour/Transl) 1.01 53479
Polished Aluminium Skin formation 23oC, 50%
10+5 Min
Galvanized steel time h.r.
Stainless steel Handling time* 23oC, 50%
Brass, copper 5-7 Min
h.r.
Ceramics
Application
Methacrylate -5/ +40 o
C -
temperature*
Polycarbonate
Total curing
ABS 48 Hrs
time
Rigid PVC
Cured
Bricks
Concrete Hardness DIN
25+5 ShA
53505
Mortar cement
Colored glass Tensile strengh DIN
1.2 MPa
Glass 53504
Modulus 100% DIN
0.30 MPa
53504
Specially Suitable For Elongation at DIN
6000 %
break 53504
Expansion joints
Perimeter joints
Service
-50/+150 o
C -
temperature
Glass, aluminum and lacquered wood
Industrial processes where a slight Source: Technical information obtained by laboratory tests.
smell is required (non irritant vapors) *It depends on joint measures, moisture, and temperature.
Roofs, unplugged duct lines, pipes, cable
wire way entrances

272
TP SILICONES

SEALPRO-S SANITARY SEALANT

SEALPRO-S Sanitary is a
one-component acid silicone RTV
sealant cures by environmental
moisture forming a highly elastic
rubber. It is unaffected by Chemical composition Silicone elastomers
sunlight, ultraviolet rays, rain, Curing system Acetic
snow, and extreme temperatures. Appearance Creamy paste, doesnt unhook
Its excellent resistance to the Packaging Polyethylene cartridges of 300ml
open air and its high elasticity
Colour Transparent, white
guarantee a perfect condition / service
after many years of use. Standard ISO 11600
Exceptional adhesion to many materials.
Adapts easily to movements.

Uses and Applications SEALPRO-S Adheres Very Well To:


Anodized aluminum
Property Value Unit Rule
Polished aluminum
Fresh product Colored glass
Density DIN Flat glass
1010 Kg/m3 Polycarbonate
53479
Ceramics
Film formation 23oC, 50%
20 Min Polystyrene
time* h.r.
(recommended without primer)
Operation time* 23oC, 50%
10 Min
h.r.
Application
-5/ +40 o
C -
temperature*
Total curing 23oC, 50% Test Adhesion
48 hrs
time* h.r.
Lacquered aluminum
Unhook <2 mm ISO 7390 Painted metals
Cured product Treated glass
Painted wood
Hardness DIN
20 ShA
53505
Modulus 100% DIN Specially Indicated For
0.3 MPa
53504
Tensile strength DIN
1.2 MPa Polycarbonate glazing
53504
Glass glazing
Elongation at DIN
400 % Bathrooms and kitchens
break 53504
Boats...
Working
-50/ +150 o
C -
temperature
Movement ASTM
capacity
25 %
C-920

*Depends on joint dimensions, moisture, and temperature.


273
DRILL BITS

274
275
HAMMER DRILL BITS TP Power SDS-Plus Hammer Bits

Item Number Description mm Working Length Total Length


(mm) (mm)
TP 3001 SDS PLUS POWER 4/110 4 50 110
TP 3002 SDS PLUS POWER 4/160 4 100 160
TP 3003 SDS PLUS POWER 5/110 5 50 110
TP 3004 SDS PLUS POWER 5/160 5 100 160
TP 3005 SDS PLUS POWER 5/210 5 150 210
TP 3006 SDS PLUS POWER 5.5/110 5.5 50 110
TP 3007 SDS PLUS POWER 5.5/160 5.5 100 160
TP 3008 SDS PLUS POWER 5.5/210 5.5 150 210
TP 3009 SDS PLUS POWER 6/110 6 50 110
TP 3010 SDS PLUS POWER 6/160 6 100 160
TP 3011 SDS PLUS POWER 6/210 6 150 210
TP 3012 SDS PLUS POWER 6/260 6 200 260
TP 3013 SDS PLUS POWER 6/360 6 300 360
TP 3014 SDS PLUS POWER 605/110 6.5 50 110
TP 3015 SDS PLUS POWER 605/160 6.5 100 160
TP 3016 SDS PLUS POWER 605/210 6.5 150 210
TP 3017 SDS PLUS POWER 6.5/260 6.5 200 260
TP 3018 SDS PLUS POWER 6.5/295 6.5 230 295
TP 3019 SDS PLUS POWER 7/110 7 50 110
TP 3020 SDS PLUS POWER 7/160 7 100 160
TP 3021 SDS PLUS POWER 7/210 7 150 210
TP 3022 SDS PLUS POWER 8/110 8 50 110
TP 3023 SDS PLUS POWER 8/160 8 100 160
TP 3024 SDS PLUS POWER 8/210 8 150 210
TP 3025 SDS PLUS POWER 8/260 8 200 260
TP 3026 SDS PLUS POWER 8/310 8 250 310
TP 3027 SDS PLUS POWER 8/460 8 400 460
TP 3028 SDS PLUS POWER 8/600 8 550 600
TP 3029 SDS PLUS POWER 9/160 9 100 160
TP 3030 SDS PLUS POWER 9/210 9 150 210
TP 3031 SDS PLUS POWER 10/110 10 50 110
TP 3032 SDS PLUS POWER 10/160 10 100 160
TP 3033 SDS PLUS POWER 10/210 10 150 210
TP 3034 SDS PLUS POWER 10/260 10 200 260

276
HAMMER DRILL BITS TP Power SDS-Plus Hammer Bits

Item Number Description mm Working Length Total Length


(mm) (mm)
TP 3035 SDS PLUS POWER 10/310 10 250 310
TP 3036 SDS PLUS POWER 10/360 10 300 360
TP 3037 SDS PLUS POWER 10/460 10 400 460
TP 3038 SDS PLUS POWER 10/600 10 550 600
TP 3039 SDS PLUS POWER 10/1000 10 950 1000
TP 3040 SDS PLUS POWER 11/160 11 100 160
TP 3041 SDS PLUS POWER 11/210 11 150 210
TP 3042 SDS PLUS POWER 11/260 11 200 260
TP 3043 SDS PLUS POWER 11/310 11 250 310
TP 3044 SDS PLUS POWER 12/160 12 100 160
TP 3045 SDS PLUS POWER 12/210 12 150 210
TP 3046 SDS PLUS POWER 12/260 12 200 260
TP 3047 SDS PLUS POWER 12/310 12 250 310
TP 3048 SDS PLUS POWER 12/450 12 400 450
TP 3049 SDS PLUS POWER 12/600 12 550 600
TP 3050 SDS PLUS POWER 12/1000 12 950 1000
TP 3051 SDS PLUS POWER 12/1350 12 1350 1400
TP 3052 SDS PLUS POWER 13/160 13 100 160
TP 3053 SDS PLUS POWER 13/250 13 200 250
TP 3054 SDS PLUS POWER 13/300 13 250 300
TP 3055 SDS PLUS POWER 13/450 13 400 450
TP 3056 SDS PLUS POWER 14/160 14 100 160
TP 3057 SDS PLUS POWER 14/200 14 150 200
TP 3058 SDS PLUS POWER 14/250 14 200 250
TP 3059 SDS PLUS POWER 14/300 14 250 300
TP 3060 SDS PLUS POWER 14/450 14 400 450
TP 3061 SDS PLUS POWER 14/600 14 550 600
TP 3062 SDS PLUS POWER 14/1000 14 950 1000
TP 3063 SDS PLUS POWER 15/160 15 100 160
TP 3064 SDS PLUS POWER 15/200 15 150 200
TP 3065 SDS PLUS POWER 15/250 15 200 250
TP 3066 SDS PLUS POWER 15/450 15 400 450
TP 3067 SDS PLUS POWER 16/160 16 100 160
TP 3068 SDS PLUS POWER 16/200 16 150 200

277
HAMMER DRILL BITS TP Power SDS-Plus Hammer Bits

Item Number Description mm Working Length Total Length


(mm) (mm)
TP 3069 SDS PLUS POWER 16/250 16 200 250
TP 3070 SDS PLUS POWER 16/300 16 250 300
TP 3071 SDS PLUS POWER 16/450 16 400 450
TP 3072 SDS PLUS POWER 16/600 16 550 600
TP 3073 SDS PLUS POWER 16/800 16 750 800
TP 3074 SDS PLUS POWER 16/1000 16 950 1000
TP 3075 SDS PLUS POWER 16/1400 16 1350 1400
TP 3076 SDS PLUS POWER 18/200 18 150 200
TP 3077 SDS PLUS POWER 18/250 18 200 250
TP 3078 SDS PLUS POWER 18/300 18 250 300
TP 3079 SDS PLUS POWER 18/450 18 400 450
TP 3080 SDS PLUS POWER 18/600 18 550 600
TP 3081 SDS PLUS POWER 18/800 18 750 800
TP 3082 SDS PLUS POWER 18/1000 18 950 1000
TP 3083 SDS PLUS POWER 19/200 19 150 200
TP 3084 SDS PLUS POWER 19/450 19 400 450
TP 3085 SDS PLUS POWER 20/200 20 150 200
TP 3086 SDS PLUS POWER 20/300 20 250 300
TP 3087 SDS PLUS POWER 20/450 20 400 450
TP 3088 SDS PLUS POWER 20/600 20 550 600
TP 3089 SDS PLUS POWER 20/1000 20 950 1000
TP 3090 SDS PLUS POWER 22/250 22 200 250
TP 3091 SDS PLUS POWER 22/450 22 400 450
TP 3092 SDS PLUS POWER 22/600 22 550 600
TP 3093 SDS PLUS POWER 22/800 22 750 800
TP 3094 SDS PLUS POWER 22/1000 22 950 1000
TP 3095 SDS PLUS POWER 24/250 24 200 250
TP 3096 SDS PLUS POWER 24/450 24 400 450
TP 3097 SDS PLUS POWER 25/250 25 200 250
TP 3098 SDS PLUS POWER 25/300 25 250 300
TP 3099 SDS PLUS POWER 25/450 25 400 450
TP 3100 SDS PLUS POWER 25/1000 25 950 1000

278
HAMMER DRILL BITS TP Power SDS-Plus Hammer Bits

Item Number Description mm Working Length Total Length


(mm) (mm)
TP 3101 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 5/110 5 50 110
TP 3102 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 5/160 5 100 160
TP 3103 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 5.5/110 5.5 50 110
TP 3104 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 5.5/160 5.5 100 160
TP 3105 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 6/110 6 50 110
TP 3106 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 6/160 6 100 160
TP 3107 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 6/210 6 150 210
TP 3108 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 6/260 6 200 260
TP 3109 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 6.5/110 6.5 50 110
TP 3110 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 6.5/160 6.5 100 160
TP 3111 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 6.5/210 6.5 150 210
TP 3112 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 7/160 7 100 160
TP 3113 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 7/210 7 150 210
TP 3114 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 8/110 8 50 110
TP 3115 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 8/160 8 100 160
TP 3116 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 8/210 8 150 210
TP 3117 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 8/260 8 200 260
TP 3118 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 8/310 8 250 310
TP 3119 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 8/450 8 400 450
TP 3120 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 10/110 10 50 110
TP 3121 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 10/160 10 100 160
TP 3122 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 10/210 10 150 210
TP 3123 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 10/260 10 200 260
TP 3124 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 10/310 10 250 310
TP 3125 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 10/450 10 400 450
TP 3126 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 10/600 10 550 600
TP 3127 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 12/160 12 100 160
TP 3128 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 12/210 12 150 210
TP 3129 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 12/260 12 200 260
TP 3130 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 12/310 12 250 310
TP 3131 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 12/450 12 400 450
TP 3132 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 12/600 12 550 600
TP 3133 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 14/160 14 100 160
TP 3134 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 14/200 14 150 200
TP 3135 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 14/250 14 200 250
TP 3136 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 14/300 14 250 300
TP 3137 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 14/450 14 400 450
TP 3138 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 14/600 14 550 600
TP 3139 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 16/200 16 150 200
TP 3140 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 16/260 16 200 260
TP 3141 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 16/300 16 250 300
TP 3142 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 16/450 16 400 450
TP 3143 SDS PLUS SUPER POWER 16/600 16 550 600

279
HAMMER DRILL BITS TP Stone Driller SDS-Plus Hammer Bits

Item Number Description mm Working Length Total Length


(mm) (mm)
TP 3150 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 4/160 4 100 160
TP 3151 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 5/110 5 50 110
TP 3152 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 5/160 5 100 160
TP 3153 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 5.5/110 5.5 50 110
TP 3154 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 5.5/160 5.5 100 160
TP 3155 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 5.5/210 5.5 150 210
TP 3156 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 6/110 6 50 110
TP 3157 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 6/160 6 100 160
TP 3158 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 6/210 6 150 210
TP 3159 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 6.5/160 6.5 100 160
TP 3160 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 6.5/210 6.5 150 210
TP 3161 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 7/110 7 50 110
TP 3162 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 7/160 7 100 160
TP 3163 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 7/210 7 150 210
TP 3164 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 8/110 8 50 110
TP 3165 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 8/160 8 100 160
TP 3166 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 8/210 8 150 210
TP 3167 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 8/260 8 200 260
TP 3168 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 9/160 9 100 160
TP 3169 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 9/210 9 150 210
TP 3170 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 10/160 10 100 160
TP 3171 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 10/210 10 150 210
TP 3172 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 10/260 10 200 260
TP 3173 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 10/310 10 250 310
TP 3174 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 11/310 11 250 310
TP 3175 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 12/160 12 100 160
TP 3176 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 12/210 12 150 210
TP 3177 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 12/260 12 200 260
TP 3178 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 12/310 12 250 310
TP 3179 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 14/160 14 100 160
TP 3180 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 14/210 14 150 210
TP 3181 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 14/250 14 190 250
TP 3182 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 14/310 14 250 310
TP 3183 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 16/160 16 100 160
TP 3184 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 16/210 16 150 210
TP 3185 SDS PLUS STONE DRILLER 16/300 16 240 300

280
DRILL BITS TP HSS-Co Cobalt Twist Drill DIN 338 RN Quadropack

Item Number Description Working Length Total Length Content Article


(mm) (mm)
TP 3330 HSS-CO COBALT 12 34 10
TP 3331 HSS-CO COBALT 14 36 10
TP 3332 HSS-CO COBALT 16 38 10
TP 3333 HSS-CO COBALT 16 38 10
TP 3334 HSS-CO COBALT 18 40 10
TP 3335 HSS-CO COBALT 18 40 10
TP 3336 HSS-CO COBALT 20 43 10
TP 3337 HSS-CO COBALT 20 43 10
TP 3338 HSS-CO COBALT 22 46 10
TP 3339 HSS-CO COBALT 22 46 10
TP 3340 HSS-CO COBALT 24 49 10
TP 3341 HSS-CO COBALT 24 49 10
TP 3342 HSS-CO COBALT 27 53 10
TP 3343 HSS-CO COBALT 27 53 10
TP 3344 HSS-CO COBALT 30 57 10
TP 3345 HSS-CO COBALT 30 57 10
TP 3346 HSS-CO COBALT 30 57 10
TP 3347 HSS-CO COBALT 33 61 10
TP 3348 HSS-CO COBALT 33 61 10
TP 3349 HSS-CO COBALT 33 61 10
TP 3350 HSS-CO COBALT 33 61 10
TP 3351 HSS-CO COBALT 36 65 10
TP 3352 HSS-CO COBALT 36 65 10
TP 3353 HSS-CO COBALT 36 65 10
TP 3354 HSS-CO COBALT 39 70 10
TP 3355 HSS-CO COBALT 39 70 10
TP 3356 HSS-CO COBALT 39 70 10
TP 3357 HSS-CO COBALT 39 70 10
TP 3358 HSS-CO COBALT 43 75 10
TP 3359 HSS-CO COBALT 43 75 10
TP 3360 HSS-CO COBALT 43 75 10
TP 3361 HSS-CO COBALT 43 75 10
TP 3362 HSS-CO COBALT 43 75 10

281
DRILL BITS TP HSS-Co Cobalt Twist Drill DIN 338 RN Quadropack

Item Number Description Working Length Total Length Content Article


(mm) (mm)
TP 3363 HSS-CO COBALT 47 80 10
TP 3364 HSS-CO COBALT 47 80 10
TP 3365 HSS-CO COBALT 47 80 10
TP 3366 HSS-CO COBALT 47 80 10
TP 3367 HSS-CO COBALT 47 80 10
TP 3368 HSS-CO COBALT 52 86 10
TP 3369 HSS-CO COBALT 52 86 10
TP 3370 HSS-CO COBALT 52 86 10
TP 3371 HSS-CO COBALT 52 86 10
TP 3372 HSS-CO COBALT 52 86 10
TP 3373 HSS-CO COBALT 52 86 10
TP 3374 HSS-CO COBALT 52 86 10
TP 3375 HSS-CO COBALT 57 93 10
TP 3376 HSS-CO COBALT 57 93 10
TP 3377 HSS-CO COBALT 57 93 10
TP 3378 HSS-CO COBALT 57 93 10
TP 3379 HSS-CO COBALT 57 93 10
TP 3380 HSS-CO COBALT 57 93 10
TP 3381 HSS-CO COBALT 63 101 10
TP 3382 HSS-CO COBALT 63 101 10
TP 3383 HSS-CO COBALT 63 101 10
TP 3384 HSS-CO COBALT 63 101 10
TP 3385 HSS-CO COBALT 63 101 10
TP 3386 HSS-CO COBALT 63 101 10
TP 3387 HSS-CO COBALT 63 101 10
TP 3388 HSS-CO COBALT 63 101 10
TP 3389 HSS-CO COBALT 69 109 10
TP 3390 HSS-CO COBALT 69 109 10
TP 3391 HSS-CO COBALT 69 109 10
TP 3392 HSS-CO COBALT 69 109 10
TP 3393 HSS-CO COBALT 69 109 10
TP 3394 HSS-CO COBALT 69 109 10
TP 3395 HSS-CO COBALT 69 109 10
TP 3396 HSS-CO COBALT 75 117 10
TP 3397 HSS-CO COBALT 75 117 10
TP 3398 HSS-CO COBALT 75 117 10
TP 3399 HSS-CO COBALT 75 117 10
TP 3400 HSS-CO COBALT 75 117 10
TP 3401 HSS-CO COBALT 75 117 10
TP 3402 HSS-CO COBALT 75 117 10
TP 3403 HSS-CO COBALT 75 117 10
TP 3404 HSS-CO COBALT 75 117 10

282
DRILL BITS TP HSS-Co Cobalt Twist Drill DIN 338 RN Quadropack

Item Number Description Working Length Total Length Content Article


(mm) (mm)
TP 3406 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3407 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3408 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3409 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3410 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3411 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3412 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3413 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3414 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3415 HSS-CO COBALT 81 125 10
TP 3416 HSS-CO COBALT 87 133 10
TP 3417 HSS-CO COBALT 87 133 10
TP 3418 HSS-CO COBALT 87 133 10
TP 3419 HSS-CO COBALT 87 133 10
TP 3420 HSS-CO COBALT 87 133 10
TP 3421 HSS-CO COBALT 87 133 5
TP 3422 HSS-CO COBALT 87 133 5
TP 3423 HSS-CO COBALT 87 133 5
TP 3424 HSS-CO COBALT 94 142 5
TP 3425 HSS-CO COBALT 101 151 5
TP 3426 HSS-CO COBALT 101 151 5
TP 3427 HSS-CO COBALT 101 151 5
TP 3428 HSS-CO COBALT 108 160 5
TP 3429 HSS-CO COBALT 120 178 5

283
DRILL BITS TP HSS-G Super Twist Drill DIN 338 RN Quadropack

Item Number Description Working Length Total Length Content Article


(mm) (mm)
TP 3460 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 3 19 10
TP 3461 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 3 19 10
TP 3462 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 5 20 10
TP 3463 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 6 22 10
TP 3464 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 7 24 10
TP 3465 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 9 28 10
TP 3466 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 10 30 10
TP 3467 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 11 32 10
TP 3468 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 12 34 10
TP 3469 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 14 36 10
TP 3470 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 16 38 10
TP 3471 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 16 38 10
TP 3472 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 18 40 10
TP 3473 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 18 40 10
TP 3474 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 20 43 10
TP 3475 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 20 43 10
TP 3476 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 22 46 10
TP 3477 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 22 46 10
TP 3478 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 24 49 10
TP 3479 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 24 49 10
TP 3480 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 27 53 10
TP 3481 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 27 53 10
TP 3482 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 30 57 10
TP 3483 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 30 57 10
TP 3484 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 30 57 10
TP 3485 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 33 61 10
TP 3486 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 33 61 10
TP 3487 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 33 61 10
TP 3488 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 33 61 10
TP 3489 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 36 65 10
TP 3490 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 36 65 10
TP 3491 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 36 65 10

284
DRILL BITS TP HSS-G Super Twist Drill DIN 338 RN Quadropack

Item Number Description Working Length Total Length Content Article


(mm) (mm)
TP 3492 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 39 70 10
TP 3493 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 39 70 10
TP 3494 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 39 70 10
TP 3495 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 39 70 10
TP 3496 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 43 75 10
TP 3497 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 43 75 10
TP 3498 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 43 75 10
TP 3499 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 43 75 10
TP 3500 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 43 75 10
TP 3501 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 47 80 10
TP 3502 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 47 80 10
TP 3503 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 47 80 10
TP 3504 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 47 80 10
TP 3505 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 47 80 10
TP 3506 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 52 86 10
TP 3507 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 52 86 10
TP 3508 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 52 86 10
TP 3509 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 52 86 10
TP 3510 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 52 86 10
TP 3511 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 52 86 10
TP 3512 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 57 93 10
TP 3513 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 57 93 10
TP 3514 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 57 93 10
TP 3515 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 57 93 10
TP 3516 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 57 93 10
TP 3517 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 57 93 10
TP 3518 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 57 93 10
TP 3519 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 63 101 10
TP 3520 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 63 101 10
TP 3521 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 63 101 10
TP 3522 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 63 101 10
TP 3523 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 63 101 10
TP 3524 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 63 101 10
TP 3525 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 63 101 10
TP 3526 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 69 109 10
TP 3527 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 69 109 10
TP 3528 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 69 109 10
TP 3529 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 69 109 10

285
DRILL BITS TP HSS-G Super Twist Drill DIN 338 RN Quadropack

Item Number Description Working Length Total Length Content Article


(mm) (mm)
TP 3530 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 69 109 10
TP 3531 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 69 109 10
TP 3532 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 69 109 10
TP 3533 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 69 109 10
TP 3534 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3535 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3536 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3537 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3538 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3539 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3540 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3541 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3542 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3543 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 75 117 10
TP 3544 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3545 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3546 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3547 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3548 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3549 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3550 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3551 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3552 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3553 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3554 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3555 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3556 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3557 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3558 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 10
TP 3559 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 5
TP 3560 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 81 125 5
TP 3561 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 94 142 5
TP 3562 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 94 142 5
TP 3563 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 101 151 5
TP 3564 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 101 151 5
TP 3565 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 101 151 5
TP 3566 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 108 160 5
TP 3567 HSS-G SUPER TWIST 108 160 5

286
DRILL BITS TP HSS-R Twist Drill DIN 338 RN Quadropack

Item Number Description Working Length Total Length Content Article


(mm) (mm)
TP 3600 HSS-R TWIST BIT 12 34 10
TP 3601 HSS-R TWIST BIT 14 36 10
TP 3602 HSS-R TWIST BIT 16 38 10
TP 3603 HSS-R TWIST BIT 16 38 10
TP 3604 HSS-R TWIST BIT 18 40 10
TP 3605 HSS-R TWIST BIT 18 40 10
TP 3606 HSS-R TWIST BIT 20 43 10
TP 3607 HSS-R TWIST BIT 20 43 10
TP 3608 HSS-R TWIST BIT 22 46 10
TP 3609 HSS-R TWIST BIT 22 46 10
TP 3610 HSS-R TWIST BIT 24 49 10
TP 3611 HSS-R TWIST BIT 24 49 10
TP 3612 HSS-R TWIST BIT 27 53 10
TP 3613 HSS-R TWIST BIT 27 53 10
TP 3614 HSS-R TWIST BIT 30 57 10
TP 3615 HSS-R TWIST BIT 30 57 10
TP 3616 HSS-R TWIST BIT 30 57 10
TP 3617 HSS-R TWIST BIT 33 61 10
TP 3618 HSS-R TWIST BIT 33 61 10
TP 3619 HSS-R TWIST BIT 33 61 10
TP 3620 HSS-R TWIST BIT 33 61 10
TP 3621 HSS-R TWIST BIT 36 65 10
TP 3622 HSS-R TWIST BIT 36 65 10
TP 3623 HSS-R TWIST BIT 36 65 10
TP 3624 HSS-R TWIST BIT 39 70 10
TP 3625 HSS-R TWIST BIT 39 70 10
TP 3626 HSS-R TWIST BIT 39 70 10
TP 3627 HSS-R TWIST BIT 39 70 10
TP 3628 HSS-R TWIST BIT 43 75 10
TP 3629 HSS-R TWIST BIT 43 75 10
TP 3630 HSS-R TWIST BIT 43 75 10
TP 3631 HSS-R TWIST BIT 43 75 10
TP 3632 HSS-R TWIST BIT 43 75 10
TP 3633 HSS-R TWIST BIT 47 80 10
TP 3634 HSS-R TWIST BIT 47 80 10

287
DRILL BITS TP HSS-R Twist Drill DIN 338 RN Quadropack

Item Number Description Working Length Total Length Content Article


(mm) (mm)
TP 3635 HSS-R TWIST BIT 47 80 10
TP 3636 HSS-R TWIST BIT 47 80 10
TP 3637 HSS-R TWIST BIT 47 80 10
TP 3638 HSS-R TWIST BIT 52 86 10
TP 3639 HSS-R TWIST BIT 52 86 10
TP 3640 HSS-R TWIST BIT 52 86 10
TP 3641 HSS-R TWIST BIT 52 86 10
TP 3642 HSS-R TWIST BIT 52 86 10
TP 3643 HSS-R TWIST BIT 52 86 10
TP 3644 HSS-R TWIST BIT 57 93 10
TP 3645 HSS-R TWIST BIT 57 93 10
TP 3646 HSS-R TWIST BIT 57 93 10
TP 3647 HSS-R TWIST BIT 57 93 10
TP 3648 HSS-R TWIST BIT 57 93 10
TP 3649 HSS-R TWIST BIT 57 93 10
TP 3650 HSS-R TWIST BIT 57 93 10
TP 3651 HSS-R TWIST BIT 63 101 10
TP 3652 HSS-R TWIST BIT 63 101 10
TP 3653 HSS-R TWIST BIT 63 101 10
TP 3654 HSS-R TWIST BIT 63 101 10
TP 3655 HSS-R TWIST BIT 63 101 10
TP 3656 HSS-R TWIST BIT 63 101 10
TP 3657 HSS-R TWIST BIT 63 101 10
TP 3658 HSS-R TWIST BIT 69 109 10
TP 3659 HSS-R TWIST BIT 69 109 10
TP 3660 HSS-R TWIST BIT 69 109 10
TP 3661 HSS-R TWIST BIT 69 109 10
TP 3662 HSS-R TWIST BIT 69 109 10
TP 3663 HSS-R TWIST BIT 69 109 10
TP 3664 HSS-R TWIST BIT 69 109 10
TP 3665 HSS-R TWIST BIT 69 109 10
TP 3666 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10
TP 3667 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10
TP 3668 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10

288
DRILL BITS TP HSS-R Twist Drill DIN 338 RN Quadropack

Item Number Description Working Length Total Length Content Article


(mm) (mm)
TP 3669 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10
TP 3670 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10
TP 3671 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10
TP 3672 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10
TP 3673 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10
TP 3674 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10
TP 3675 HSS-R TWIST BIT 75 117 10
TP 3676 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3677 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3678 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3679 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3680 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3681 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3682 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3683 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3684 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3685 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3686 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3687 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3688 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3689 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3690 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 10
TP 3691 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 5
TP 3692 HSS-R TWIST BIT 81 125 5
TP 3693 HSS-R TWIST BIT 94 142 5
TP 3694 HSS-R TWIST BIT 94 142 5
TP 3695 HSS-R TWIST BIT 101 151 5
TP 3696 HSS-R TWIST BIT 101 151 5
TP 3697 HSS-R TWIST BIT 101 151 5
TP 3698 HSS-R TWIST BIT 108 160 5
TP 3699 HSS-R TWIST BIT 108 160 5
TP 3700 HSS-R TWIST BIT 114 169 5
TP 3701 HSS-R TWIST BIT 114 169 5
TP 3702 HSS-R TWIST BIT 120 178 5
TP 3703 HSS-R TWIST BIT 120 178 5

289
HAMMER DRILL TP Y-Shape Driller SDS-Max Hammer Bits

Item Number Description mm Working Length Total Length


(mm) (mm)
TP 3201 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 12/340 12 200 340
TP 3202 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 12/540 12 400 540
TP 3203 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 12/690 12 550 690
TP 3204 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 13/340 13 200 340
TP 3205 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 13/540 13 400 540
TP 3206 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 14/340 14 200 340
TP 3207 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 14/540 14 400 540
TP 3208 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 15/340 15 200 340
TP 3209 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 15/540 15 400 540
TP 3210 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE16/340 16 200 340
TP 3211 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 16/540 16 400 540
TP 3212 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 16/920 16 800 920
TP 3213 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 18/340 18 200 340
TP 3214 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 18/540 18 400 540
TP 3215 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 18/940 18 800 940
TP 3216 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 19/340 19 200 340
TP 3217 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 19/540 19 400 540
TP 3218 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 20/320 20 200 320
TP 3219 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 20/520 20 400 520
TP 3220 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 20/920 20 800 920
TP 3221 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 22/320 22 200 320
TP 3222 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 22/520 22 400 520
TP 3223 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 22/920 22 800 920
TP 3224 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 22/1200 22 1200 1320
TP 3225 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 24/320 24 200 320
TP 3226 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 24/520 24 400 520
TP 3227 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 25/320 25 200 320
TP 3228 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 25/520 25 400 520
TP 3229 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 25/920 25 800 920
TP 3230 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 25/1320 25 1200 1320
TP 3231 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 26/340 26 200 340
TP 3232 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE26/520 26 400 520
TP 3233 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 28/370 28 250 370
TP 3234 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 28/570 28 450 570
TP 3235 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 28/670 28 550 670

290
HAMMER DRILL TP Y-Shape Driller SDS-Max Hammer Bits

Item Number Description mm Working Length Total Length


(mm) (mm)
TP 3236 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 30/370 30 250 370
TP 3237 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 30/570 30 450 570
TP 3238 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 32/370 32 250 370
TP 3239 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 32/570 32 450 570
TP 3240 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 32/920 32 800 920
TP 3241 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 32/1320 32 1200 1320
TP 3242 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 35/370 35 250 370
TP 3243 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 35/570 35 450 570
TP 3244 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 35/670 35 550 670
TP 3245 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 38/370 38 250 370
TP 3246 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 38/570 38 450 570
TP 3247 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 40/370 40 250 370
TP 3248 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 40/570 40 450 570
TP 3249 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 40/920 40 800 920
TP 3250 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 40/1320 40 1200 1320
TP 3251 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 45/570 45 450 570
TP 3252 SDS MAX Y-SHAPE 50/570 50 450 570

291
HAMMER DRILL TP Max Speed SDS-Max Hammer Bit

Item Number Description Drill- Working Length Total Length


mm (mm) (mm)
TP 3255 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 12/340 12 200 340
TP 3256 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 12/540 12 400 540
TP 3257 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 14/340 14 200 340
TP 3258 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 14/540 14 400 540
TP 3259 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 16/340 16 200 340
TP 3260 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 16/540 16 400 540
TP 3261 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 18/340 18 200 340
TP 3262 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 18/540 18 400 540
TP 3263 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 20/320 20 200 320
TP 3264 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 20/520 20 400 520
TP 3265 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 22/320 22 200 320
TP 3266 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 22/520 22 400 520
TP 3267 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 24/320 24 200 320
TP 3268 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 24/520 24 400 520
TP 3269 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 25/320 25 200 320
TP 3270 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 25/520 25 400 520
TP 3271 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 28/320 28 200 320
TP 3272 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 28/520 28 400 520
TP 3273 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 30/320 30 200 320
TP 3274 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 30/520 30 400 520
TP 3275 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 32/320 32 200 320
TP 3276 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 32/520 32 400 520
TP 3277 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 35/520 35 400 520
TP 3278 SDS MAX, MAX-SPEED 40/520 40 400 520

292
CUTTING / GRINDING
CORE BITS

293
CUTTING AND GRINDING

Cutting Discs

Code Description
TP 2010 CUTTING DISC 230x3.0x22.23
TP 2011 CUTTING DISC 115x3.0x22.23
TP 2012 CUTTING DISC 300x3.5x25.4
TP 2013 GRINDING DISC 115x6.5x22.23
TP 2014 GRINDING DISC 230x6.5x22.23
TP 2015 CUTTING DISC 115x1.0x22.23 INOX
TP 2016 CUTTING DISC 300x3.5x22.23
TP 2017 CUTTING DISC 350x3.5x25.4
TP 2018 CUTTING DISC 180x3x22.23

Diamond Saw Blades

Code Description
TP DD 115 CCF Saw Blade 115mm 44x1.5x7mm
TP DD 115 CSL Diamond Saw Blade 115x22.23
for ceramic and marble
TP DD 115 GSL Diamond Saw Blade 115x22.23
for soft concrete and bricks
TP DD 115 TSL Diamond Saw Blade 115x22.23
for concrete and granite
TP DD 115 VHCG Diamond Blade 115mm, Borehole: 22.23mm
TP DD 125 TEC Diamond Saw Blade 125x22.23
for concrete and granite Turbo
TP DD 140 TC Saw Blade 140mm
for concrete and roofing tile 1x2x7mm
TP DD 118 VHCG Diamond Blade 178mm, Borehole: 22,23mm
TP DD 230 CCF Saw Blade 230 mm
for tiles 49x1.6x7mm
Diamond Saw Blade 230x22.23
TP DD 230 CSL
for ceramic and marble
TP DD 230 GSL Diamond Saw Blade 230x22.23
for soft concrete and bricks
TP DD 230 TEC Diamond Saw Blade 230x22.23
for concrete and granite Turbo
TP DD 230 TSL Diamond Saw Blade 230x22.23
for concrete and granite
TP DD 230 VHCG Diamond Blade 230mm, Borehole: 22.23mm
TP DD CC-F Diamond Saw Blades 350mm,
Borehole: 25.4mm

294
CORE BITS

Code Description
TP C 102 KB-W 24 Core Bit 102 mm 24x3.5x10
TP C 127 KB-W 24 Core Bit 127 mm 24x3.5x11
TP C 152 KB-W 24 Core Bit 152 mm 24x4.0x11
TP C 18 Core Bit 18 mm L 450 mm 1 1/4 inch
TP C 20 Core Bit 20 mm L 450 mm 1 1/4 inch
TP C 20 - Brazed Vacuum Brazed Core Bit M14 L 32 mm
for tiles, marble and granite
TP C 200 KB-W 24 Core Bit 200 mm 24x4.0x11
TP C 24 Core Bit 24 mm L 400 mm R 1/2 inch
TP C 250 KB-W 24 Core Bit 250 mm 24x4.5x11
TP C 28 Core Bit 28 mm L 400 mm R 1/2 inch
TP C 30 Core Bit 30 mm L 400 mm R 1/2 inch
TP C 300 KB-W 24 Core Bit 300 mm 24x4.5x11
TP C 32 Core Bit 32 mm L 400 mm R 1/2 inch
TP C 35 Core Bit 35 mm L 400 mm R 1/2 inch
TP C 350 KB-W 24 Core Bit 350 mm 24x4.5x11
TP C 400 KB-W 24 Core Bit 400 mm 24x4.5x11
TP C 52 KB-W 24 Core Bit 52 mm 24x3.5x11
TP C 82 KB-W 24 Core Bit 82 mm 24x4.0x11

295
296

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi